Patient Inspiration

“FEBRUARY 2024:

- I know things always get better with time and effort. Putting in the work makes me feel accomplished and hopeful. I keep my eyes forward to doing all the things I love and have missed. One of those things is a good hard workout which I look forward to everyday! Small efforts now will lead to big gains later.

- Aren’t we seniors so fortunate to be living in this age of modern medicine where our joints can be replaced!
I don’t know about you but I want to get up every morning without pain and to walk unassisted without a cane, walker or medications. This is why I chose hip replacement.
I have always been active even taking up the new craze of pickleball but the past few years were becoming more and more difficult to do the things I love. Just visiting family with their two steep staircases was a challenge. This led to less visits & not the retirement I longed for. Travel came to a hault - sitting was the new norm. No thank you.
I highly encourage anyone who is considering hip or knee replacement to do it as soon as possible. Just think of how changed your lifestyle will be living without pain!

- To know my body can be taken out of extreme pain and put in a great state of mobility is utmost. I will make sure I follow all precautions and pt to even enhance this recovery. I have a new grandaughter coming at the end of the month and to know I can fully enjoy her and my other grandkids pain free is a joy!!

- 1-To gain my mobility which equals my personal and physical freedom
2-to go back to work as soon as possible
3-to get rid of pain as physio=less pain thefore more mobility
4-hope the lingering pain and mobility come to a normal one… to tired of pain though that provokes me depression and helplessness and makes me cried like a baby as pain is overwhelming specially when trying to sleep snd not able to place the knee any position and it doesn’t help… can’t sleep is hard on my body no sleep no healing
5- to stop taking strong pain killers that only takes the edge of the pain.

- My inspiration comes from knowing that I’ll be able to physically do things I couldn’t before and I’ve set that as my ultimate goal. It gives me the motivation to work on my range of motion and stretching daily. Following the plan prescribed to me helps me remember to take this day by day. It’s not a race it’s a journey to a better quality of life.

- I think very positive about my situation better day are coming,
What motivates me to keep going I know everyday is a different day of progress, It’s not the way you start it’s the way you finish,
God will bring me threw this on top, I have to keep my head up my young men motivates me on a regular things will ❤️‍🩹 get better,
I am very grateful enthusiastic to have great support from family and friends.

- I want to be able to drive in order to go visit grandkids. Also, I want to continue painting in my Art Studio. I recently learned that there is a fantastic Senior Citizen Center in Norman with educational classes, water exercise, acrylic/watercolor art & pottery classes and even free delicious lunches. I am excited to try it out and become acquainted with other senior attendees. I definitely want to improve my range of motion to be able to garden this Spring. I have a fishing lake in my back yard and I am inspired to continue the tradition of fishing with 4 of my grandkids this summer. To be able to host and cook holiday dinners is another family tradition so I am looking forward to healing and increasing my range of motion to be able to continue this tradition. I also enjoy traveling with my husband. The last time we went to Europe, we walked an average of 10 miles per day so I need to work hard with physical therapy to get back to being physically fit to enjoy traveling once again!! Walking 10 miles a day is a good goal for me to achieve in time.

- I do not know if this is inspiration, but it is something I have thought the most. What a grand experience it has been to see so many professionals, perfect in their craft, commit their craft to my behalf. I often say, “only in America is this type of health care available.” From the beginning I have marveled at the technology, which is used to care for me, x-rays, MRI’s, shots, facilities everything is like the Alps of health care. But the day of surgery I was stunned at the number of people who turned their attention to me and my knee. From the reception, a women whose personality would put Dolly Parton’s to second rate, to the pre-op care, several nurses who hooked me, prepared me, ministered to me, to the anesthesiologist who explained her perfected skill on my behalf, some OR nurse, ex high school football player, who seemed to have an ongoing banter of joy with a tiny girl at the head of my wheeling bed, to an operating room which from by back looking up, looked more like the Star Ship Enterprise than an OR, and then some person in a full body suit looking like the star of a sci-fi movie managing a long table of hardware which again looked like props for a movie being made, the experience was overwhelming. Then there was Dr. Botero, who everyone has spoken of in the kindest terms. This is not my first knee rodeo. Had an accident in 1986 which took 16 surgeries to make right. Dr. Beeler of KOC did the orthopedic part, by far the most complicated and that part has never been revisited. He has since retired but I called him and asked for his recommendation and without a hesitation he said, “Dr. Botero!” Dr. Botero who has spent years perfecting his craft now turned that perfection toward me. He came into my room during pre-op and spoke to me. He shook my hand, and he had warm hands, a good sign. He is a good man. He has gone above and beyond anything I would have expected from this. I know how a man becomes a great surgeon. I am an academic. You study, work very hard, go the extra mile, put in the extra effort, think, meditate, and consider in creative ways. Creative, professional, perfection is a way of life not a job you have. This is how he is a great surgeon. But how do you make him a great man which is what has impressed me the most about him. It must be great parents, great faith…. I must admit I am not sure. We briefly spoke of this and then I asked him if I could pray for him, and he said “sure”, and we reached out to hold one another’s hand and a brief blessing on him and his. This has what I have pondered on the most post-surgery. These are perfected professionals, and it shows in their every move, efficient, succinct, and precise and they all brought this to bear on my knee. Blessings abounding in a culture past knowing. So, I don’t know if this has inspired me to keep working hard but I do know it has been my greatest inspiration. Is the physical part dreadful? Yes, I haven’t worked this hard in 10 years trying to get better. It is a full-time job for my wife and me. I am wrapped up, squeezed, iced, exercised, medicated, tube blowing, and physically terrorized, then repeat. I am 11 days post-surgery, swelling almost all gone, bruising same, pain nominal, walking unaided, my extension is 0, my flexion 115. There is nothing about this part which is grand, but it does inspire me to do this part by the grandness of all and everyone who have brought me thus far. Only in America can we have this kind of care.

- I had needed knee replacement for a long time. My inspiration was to spend more quality time with my family. My first grandchild is due soon. We are a family that loves playing games and always having some sort of competition. I don’t want to sit on the sidelines and watch I want to be right in the middle of it. I also have had a trip planned with husband. I want nothing to stop me from seeing and doing whatever I want on this long planned holiday with my husband of 36 years. Thanks to Dr Karas and his staff these things are now a reality. I work hard everyday during my recovery to reach my goals.

- I have 8 grandchildren that I want to keep up with them. They have school activities, ballgames and many activities that I want to attend. We have 3 couples with which we travel. Have been friends since the early sixties. My new knee is going to make that all easier. Have been looking forward to this surgery a long time so really didn’t take much to keep me motivated. Knee not hurting when I walk is wonderful!!!

- I am inspired to work hard on my recovery exercises because I want to get back on the tennis court and play for several more years. I am already 77 years old but had been playing competitively in my skill tier. Tennis athletes typically train on all aspects of their game to stay in form and build stamina and skills. Every moment I play, whether well or just ok brings me joy. Everyone should spend time in joyful play and I can’t wait to start swinging again!

- I’ve had knee pain forever. And like many others, I was told just keep going until you can’t. Which in retrospect was just a bit ridiculous. When I decided to have the knee replacement, it really was a quality of life decision. I had a lot of life left to live and I wanted to live it without pain and discomfort. And that - living life - was the motivation. I was concerned and a bit fearful of the rehab - how much pain, how much discomfort. Always an issue when you hear from friends that “you’ll have two weeks of hell before it gets better.” Well, for starters, it was much less painful than I expected. That, by itself, gave me a boost. Following the instructions I was sent home with was pretty easy and straight forward. It’s not horrendous, it’s going to get better, so let’s get going!

- While my hip recovers from relacement surgery, I’m not able to pick up my little 15-month old girl when she looks up at me with eyes that say, “hold me”. I’m rehabbing hard so I can pick up my little girl again!”

“JANUARY 2024:

- Being able to travel again with my daughters keeps me inspired to exercise. We went to Iceland, Ireland, and England in 2022. In 2023 we went to Belgium, France, and Spain. Wonderful memories.

- What inspires me to keep working after surgery is: at 73, I’m not ready to stop (what I’ve had to cut back doing pre:surgery) cycling, walking, gardening, being active with my spouse; fully participating in various community activities, groups, causes I’m committed to; and, to live as fulfilling as I can, my remaining years with gusto.

- I have been very active my whole life. Outdoors is where I want to be.
I have been a professional soccer referee for over 25 years. When I was told I had arthritis in my knee and needed replacement surgery I was very disappointed and thought my officiating career was over.
This is now my goal! To get back on the field and show myself I can do it. I have had some real setbacks. My first knee got infected and had to be cleaned and replaced. My second knee got infected too. I am now on my fourth and final knee. I have been through rehabilitation four times this year. I’d still do it again because the pain I had before didn’t allow me to live how I wanted to. I know I can get back to my normal life now even if it takes a year longer than expected.

- What inspires me is the idea I will be back to normal soon. Therapy plays a huge part in that. The other thing is when spring comes, I will be outside. I do a lot of yard work. Getting my hip back to normal is critical in that. This is my second hip replacement. 11 years ago I had my right hip replaced. So all the stuff I went through for that one is happening with my current hip replacement. My left one. Sometimes I don’t feel like doing my exercises. But I know that by doing them, it can only help in my long term goals. Keep pushing you will not be sorry.

- During the past two years, I have been witness to a reduced quality of life. I have been taking the 2-step to climbIng stairs since my left surgery leg was no longer able to support weigh bearing activity without a great deal of pain. Also, walks with my wife could no longer extend beyond a distance of 2 miles without both the knees ready to head to the barn. Although I considered knee replacement surgery as a last resort, I felt the extensive deterioration of the left bad surgerical knee would eventually also further degrade the better right knee, and possibly the back and spine due to favoritism and bone-on-bone misalignments. My motivation toward early recovery has also focused on a strong “snow birding” urge to visit Florida within 7 weeks post-op to enjoy walking the beaches bathed in the warmth of tropical sunny days.

- What inspires me to keep working hard after my surgery?
There’s a few things that keep me going:

1.) Knowing that there ARE Doctor’s out there that care enough about people to listen to their complex chronic pain problems and actually help them when no one else would.

2.) Music, I don’t own a TV. Music has not only kept my joints moving for 31 yrs, but also keeps my mental health strong. Listening to other peoples stories through songs/videos is a powerful motivater and helps me NOT feel alone in my mind.

3.) I don’t have very many friends or family in my life due to chronic pain. BUT the few that I have that are giving me a place to stay while I recover and also answer the phone when the pain is so bad and I just want to end my life, is a blessing in itself.

Lastly:
4.) Finding the Buddah and making sure I count my blessings every day, no matter how insignificant they may seem; i.e... having food to eat, a roof over my head, and a warm bed to sleep in, doctors that care, and a few close friends/family keeps me inspired during these surgeries.

- My inspiration to keep working hard is my family. I have a wonderful husband, four beautiful children and five beautiful granddaughters! They are my life! I’ve always been an active, fun grandma and I’m hoping to continue that pain free. I have two granddaughters who live close and three who are far away. I help with the two who live close, so I am pretty involved in their lives. I want to get back to where I was with them and then hop on a plane to see my other three girls. I want to make a lot of memories with them. They are my heart!💗

- I am inspired to keep working after my surgery for many reasons but my future self is the #1. I am not even two weeks out from surgery and already feel SO much better! When they say that a hip replacement is an elective surgery they are not experiencing the pain that got us to consider surgery in the first place! The pain relief I am already experiencing even with the pain from the surgery itself is unreal.
I am privileged to live in a place to access modern medicine, not to mention the time allowed to focus on recovery. I am inspired.”

“(12/31/23) I look forward to my physical therapy weekly. It’s exciting to see the progress I’m making. My therapist is the best. He is very encouraging and very positive. It makes you want to do everything to get your body back to normal.”

“(12/30/23) I want and am slowly getting my life back. So many small things I have quit doing. Both hips replaced back to back. Just awesome.”

“(12/29/23) I’m currently 11 days out of surgery, I go to PT and do my exercises/stretches at home as well. By the end of each day I’m moving good, my flexibility/range of motion is good by the end of each day. Then I go and get a good night sleep and yes you will sleep a few more hours than normal once you get your routine back. Normally I’m a 6 to 8 hour sleeper and while I’m healing I’m sleeping 10 to 11 hours. But in the morning you’ll wake up and feel like you accomplished nothing the day before. You’ll wake stiff and sore, then start the process all over again the next day. Don’t feel defeated, I’ve noticed some subtle changes for the better in the last day or two. You may even go backwards a little bit in the range of motion, because that leg continues to swell and bruise for a solid 8 -10 days. I did go backwards a little in the range of motion this PT visit because of it, BUT I keep doing the work.

Don’t get down, or give up, it’s a tough recovery. But I’m getting there and so will you.”

“(12/27/23) My motivation is to get back to my active life! I want to return to skiing as well this summer backpack up to Wind River Peak in Wyoming.”

“(12/26/23) I’m truly inspired to get back to my normal routine.
On Christmas Day ( which is 10 days after surgery) I did not have the shooting pains at the bottom of my feet when I stand up, that’s real progress.
I’m looking forward to the next 10 days of progress.”

“(12/25/23) Thinking about next spring’s hunting season and knowing that I will no longer experience the pain and discomfort in walking the woods was a huge incentive for my decision to have this surgery.”

“(12/24/23) Having had my right TKR in 2021, I recognized the utmost importance of keeping up with exercises. I realized quite fast that if I didn’t move, the stiffness set in. I think everyone can relate to that, and with the stiffness comes discomfort and lack of motivation. Don’t give up. It can be painful, however, do what you can. But just do something, and remember to ice. Start with heel slides and knee press downs and go from there. They were my go to movements especially in the beginning. If you are consistent, you will see your ROM slowly returning. I will reinforce…the stiffness lasts a long, long time (weeks and months) and it drives me crazy, but having done it before with my other knee, I absolutely know that doing the PT exercises daily helps strengthen leg muscles and eventually…little by little..improvement happens. Don’t get discouraged by the stiffness, it’s the one thing that was difficult for me to accept, but I know that being consistent in my daily exercise routine is the key. I hope this helps those who read this.”

“(12/23/23) The ability to feel better each day and regaining use of my hips.”

“(12/23/23) What keeps me going is my love of outdoors activities like biking and hiking. Plus my two grandsons also motivate me to stay active. One is 5 the other 1 and they keep me going and the 5 year old loves to bike and hike with Mimi. Plus my friends are all active people who like to push themselves physically and like me they are 60+ folks.
Plus I hope to win another medal at Sr Olympics in 2025 when I turn 70!”

“(12/23/23) My inspiration for surgery and keeping up with the PT regiment is so -
I can do those 10-25 mile hikes again instead of the 1-2 mile ones
so my husband and I can take vacations where we will walk 10+ miles a day or where we SCUBA dive for a week
and most importantly, so I can keep up with my grand pup (now) and my grandchildren when I do have them.
My knee pain has been a prominent part of my life for over 30 years. I am so anxious to have a life without that consistent pain!”

“(12/23/23) I am working hard to get back to all my previous activities. I’m an active 81 year old woman whose hip took me down hill quickly and I was not happy with the pain and being sidelined. I didn’t concentrate on the surgery, just getting better and back to normal. It’s been 12 days and I haven’t had to take any opioids and the little discomfort I have is nothing compared to before the surgery. I’m not ready for my active lifestyle yet but I’m working hard with the exercise app to get back into my normal life.
I would tell anyone dealing with daily pain, don’t wait. Sure you’ll have to work at getting better, but it’s so much easier than sitting and watching life pass you by.”

“(12/20/23) There is no denying the pain the first couple of days after surgery. But if you follow the Dr’s orders and be patient the pain will subside and your motion will get better. Don’t give up on the process.”

“(12/19/23) Recovery from shoulder surgery is important to me because I am an active 73 year young person. I enjoy being able to make meals, take care of household chores, run errands, socialize with family and friends, etc. My husband and I enjoy traveling so a full, complete recovery will allow us to continue to travel. Follow your doctor’s orders to rest and taking meds but also plan to slowly begin exercises. Slow but steady you will regain your strength as well as heal. ”

“(12/19/23) My motivation is to do things I love doing without pain. I am kicking myself for not getting this surgery earlier.”

“(12/18/23) The instructions appear to be to stay active and complete the assigned exercises. The thing that keeps me going is my desire to play golf again, as well as walk my dog and mow the lawn.

I must fess up that doing the assigned exercises causes pain that limits activity. I hope I am making the correct choice.”

“(12/18/23) This has been a grueling 13 days since I had my surgery. The first couple days were challenging, but I know it’s important to keep moving, staying, active, doing my exercises, it will pay off in the end. my mindset from the very beginning has been to stay positive, and stay active as possible. Once I wake up in the morning, I do a variety of exercises, I use my stationary bike, and I take a mile walk. I’ve had the same routine for the last eight days, it’s made a world of difference. I am 13 days out right now, I can walk without a walker or cane, I have more than 90° range of motion when I’m sitting in a chair, and I’m starting to build strength in my knee. I am so thankful for my physical therapists who keep pushing me to strengthen my knee and gain full range of motion. ”

“(12/18/23) I can’t wait to walk without pain. I can’t wait to dance again and I can’t wait to be able to travel without worrying about mobility!”

“(12/18/23) The first week is the roughest, but due to continual nerve blocking medicine provided by the anesthesiologist in the form of a port in my thigh, everything was so tolerable. My anticipation was so much worse than my reality!
Every day things got better.. baby steps but moving forward nonetheless!
By week 5 I have nearly met all goals set by therapy. Absolutely amazing.”

“(12/18/23) I think of trails I’ll be hiking, soaking in hot springs, camping, birding, running wildflower walks, perhaps even some skiing, all of this with best friends and family!”

“(12/17/23) What has kept me motivated is my wildlife photography! I am a professional wildlife photographer and I cannot wait to be able to get back out and walk in the woods again. I have had to do most of my work from a vehicle because of having stage four osteoarthritis in both knees the pain was unbearable. Finally I took the first step, as it were, and got my right knee total replacement done in July of 2023.... was determined that I needed to get back out to doing what I love to do so in December 2023. I have now gotten my left knee totally replaced. I am two weeks out from surgery and still very determined despite the discomfort right now that by spring or summer I will be out there doing what I love to do. I cannot wait. Also, my husband and I have decided to take a trip when I’m better so that we can do our photography (he also does wildlife photography) together in a new adventurous place. Never give up and always do your exercises and physical therapy. Wishing everyone the best.!!!”

“(12/16/23) Three years ago my left knee began to significantly limit my activities. A knee replacement in 2021 and a revision in 2022 were unsuccessful, leaving me in pain and physically very limited.
I decided to try again, this time with a different implant and a different surgeon in a different city. My goals—to be able to go full tilt in spin class and to hike on at least moderate trails.
Every stretch, every leg lift and every 7:00 am physical therapy session will help me reach these milestones, and more. And it’s going to be worth it!”

“(12/15/23) I found I was about a week behind in developing strength doing the various exercises. I found it very helpful to be able to go back and review what the expectation were for the previous week. I am still doing the exercises, and working on walking without a limp. It has been 7 weeks since my surgery.”

“(12/13/23) Working hard to get full return of mobility in my right knee.”

“(12/12/23) My motivation has always been inspired by the desire to travel the world with my husband. I want to be able to walk the streets of Paris, Greece, Spain and Ireland without having to worry about how much time I have before my knee pain stops me in my tracks. This will be a life changing surgery for me when I am fully healed.”

“(12/11/23) If there’s any one thing to keep me motivated throughout my recovery it’s knowing at some point in time the pain from all the therapy, exercise and stretches will subside. I’ve come to realize without the discipline it takes to do the therapy no matter the pain the joint will never heal to its full potential. It’s a good trade, a few months of discomfort for long term strength and flexibility. To have the surgery and not have the fortitude to push through and do your part is a disservice to yourself and a disappointment for your doctor who truly wants to make your quality of life better. Charge on for a better life!”

“(12/10/23) To gain greater mobility with the new knee. My husband says, No pain, no gain.”

“(12/10/23) Always do what is asked of you. At the beginning we all can’t do all the exercise at once. But we can improve each time even if it just one more. Please don’t over do it, you can hurt yourself. The most important is take care of yourself. Do what’s comfortable for you and never give up. Good luck on your recovery.”

“(12/8/23) I’m working hard post surgery because I haven’t been able to take a walk in over 10 years. I’m looking forward to lakefront strolls, walking my dog, and hitting the trails in Lake County.”

“(12/7/23) I am inspired because I have seen great results from my hard work. I was concerned prior my surgery. I have never had physical therapy before. I didn’t know what to expect. My team is great and very encouraging. It’s not easy but I see great results. So pleased.”

“(12/6/23) To anyone recovering from knee replacement surgery, Congratulations for making the choice to have a better quality of life! I had knee replacement surgery 5 weeks ago and am excited to get back riding my road bike this spring! I have followed through with my home exercises, physical therapy & icing & elevating my leg through my recovery. I was amazed after one week how much progress I had made! I’m walking without any assistive devices & am able to bend my knee beyond what is recommended at this stage. Pain free and no more grinding in my knee cap.

I’m having my other knee replacement surgery in a few weeks & look forward to that recovery being as successful as my first knee’s recovery is. Here’s to hitting the bike trails again! I have young grandchildren that want to trek alongside of me!”

“(12/6/23) I’m working at getting my function back so that I can return to an active life style. Taking care of my grandsons , golfing and yard work. I , also, have a part time job that helps me feel a sense of accomplishment/ satisfaction.”

“(12/4/23) I am working hard with my therapy because I want my independence back.
I have started driving again. My therapists have been wonderful and pushed me just enough. Most of the pain is gone and I have flexibility again.
As a 73 year old who is active in many organizations, I am happy to be able to participate in activities again.
One more thing that has inspired me is to be able to join my family out of town for Christmas.”

“(12/4/23) Healing is a process
You are unique
Slow down
Stay focused
Celebrate the process
Remember-healing is not instant!
Self Affirmations!”

“(12/2/23) My grandchildren and children inspire me to keep pushing hard to get back completely whole. I love hanging out with my family. Dr Gerlinger did an amazing job and his staff is awesome. Therapy is challenging but no pain no gain.”

“(12/1/23) While knee replacement surgery is big, and painful early on, I am now 6 weeks into recovery. The PT sessions and exercises were hard and painful but worth it. As I see myself walking better as time goes on compared to how my knee was prior to the surgery, I know that the work is so worth it for me to have better quality of life with my family also.
And, I will get my other knee done in Spring because the results are going to be worth it!”

“(11/30/23) My recovery has gone very well. I feel greatly blessed with the prayers and specifically the help from my wife. We didn’t need to depend much on the opioids, but have maintained an effort to keep my pain out of tolerable level. I greatly appreciate this text coming from the you and your concern.”

“(11/29/23) I really enjoy receiving your daily inspirations of what I should be doing ! Each small accomplishment, such as going from the walker to the cane lifted my spirits! My cane has a claw base, which is great that it stands by itself. When it did fall over I figured out how to step on it to pop back up😊 It’s wonderful to be able to unload & load the dishwasher, clothes in & out of washer to the dryer (my husband helps by bringing the basket to the couch so I can fold them). Every small accomplishment lifts me up! It’s also great to keep the cell phone on me to call my husband or whoever is outside if I need help with something. Thanks again for putting the effort into sending messages to keep me up to speed on where I should be with exercises & such as😊”

“(11/27/23) I intend to keep working on my new gained strength and NOT having any pain as I’ve had for the last 3 years. Also, I can’t wait to be able to dance with my husband again and maybe even jog a little again. Will continue to shoot for those “stars”!”

“(11/27/23) The idea that I’ll be able to regain my ability to take long walks and go, hike some, and join in tours and museums.”

“(11/26/23) Absolutely want to push through this rehab to be able to love and serve my family and others.”

“(11/26/23) I’ve treated this surgery and recovery as an “investment into my future” that will pay tremendous dividends.”

“(11/25/23) I’ve been given this once in a life time chance to regain my confidence that a new hip avails. My leg strength, my balance, and my overall health is greatly improved! My happiness is immeasurable that I have this procedure completed!”

“(11/25/23) Taking walks with my husband and playing on the floor with my grandchild. This is what has inspired me to have my hip replaced and I look forward to both of those events soon.”

“(11/25/23) I’m inspired to keep working hard for complete recovery after my 2 hip replacement surgeries by: getting back to walking my dog for 2miles, twice a day, ; hiking with my husband again; and playing with my granddaughters, ages 6 and 18! My hips began their deterioration 10 years ago!”

“(11/23/23) It’s a rough and long recovery but many people have gotten thru it and you will too! Just think of where you were a week ago and focus on that improvement! I did it and you can do it too!”

“(11/22/23) My goal is to 💯 so I can do whatever I enjoy.
I love to “play” in my yard every thing from pulling weeds, pruning bushes, mowing, raking to turning the dirt to plant. That is how I like to relax after volunteering at Head Start (3-5) is the age of my class. I want to be able to kneel down on the floor and play with them. There is also the necessity of doing necessary chores of daily living. I have to be steady on my legs and feet to achieve what I enjoy. That means following the exercises and recovering my independence.”

“(11/21/23) Knowing that my recovery will get me to my new, healthier chapter in life.
Being mobile & able to enjoy every day activities, pre-surgery I wasn’t able to do or be embarrassed by my lack of mobility.”

“(11/21/23) What keeps me working hard after hip surgery, is that I look forward to long walks while listening to good music again! Also to be able to help my neighbors with dog walking when they need help!”

“(11/21/23) I continue my home pt exercises and pt appts at North Idaho PT because I want to be able to be up doing all the things I want to in my later years. I strive to keep up with my 83 years young husband. He’s been an athlete and cyclist all his life and is going to be riding again after 6 surgeries in 5 years. He is an inspiration to me. So I got a Lectric 2.0 Stepthru bike in hopes of riding again after 2 knee replacements.
Every day is a challenge but one I’m ready to do at 80 years old. Hang in there. We’re all in this together😊❤️”

“(11/20/23) My motivation to do my PT exercises comes from setting goals for future fun activities like walks, biking, swimming, and maybe even pickle ball.”

“(11/20/23) There are many bits of inspiration that have helped and continue to do so:

*. Personally, the pain is real at times. But the pain passes without medication. Realizing the body I resilient pushes me to keep moving forward.

*. Talking with those who have already recovered gives the promise that “slow and steady wins the race.”

*. Family and friends who are in the medical field have seen this before. They are supportive.

*. Lastly, I feel different even now than before the surgery. More good progress awaits”

“(11/19/23) I’m a very driven person to begin with in most categories. I don’t like the idea of being “down” for any length of time. The antithesis of being down of course is moving. The reason I had the surgery is so I could move more freely. The natural consequence of moving is what will make me achieve my goals of staying healthy and active as I continue to age well! Therefore, I follow the instructions and do the hard part!”

“(11/19/23) I am doing all my exercises at home so I can be active gor my grandchildren.”

“(11/19/23) The idea of quality of life has inspired me to work hard toward recovery.”

“(11/18/23) Healing after surgery therapy is a must if u want to regain all movement yes sometimes it is rough but results is worth it.”

“(11/18/23) I had my initial total knee replacement a little over a year ago in August 2022. And found out in April 2023 that I had to have total knee revision surgery because the original surgery didn’t use properly.

What inspires me is knowing that I will finally healed and not have the feeling of duct tape wrapped around my leg. And that my limitations will no longer be an issue.”

“(11/18/23) I have never been one to exercise but with the help of PT & the idea of walking normally again I have to say the exercises are needed. I was surprised how quickly I was walking without the walker at home & barely need a cane now at 5& 1/2 weeks. With exception of a few difficult pain episodes by 2 &1/2 weeks I didn’t need narcotics. You can do it. I’m not overdoing & letting time heal.”

“(11/18/23) I’m 80 year old female. My goal is to improve my quality of life! I have travel plans! The #1 to visit my daughter & her family in Hong Kong and be able to hike & climb stairs!”

“(11/15/23) I’m inspired to be actively involved every day with my post-op Physical Therapy treatment because I am beginning to walk again. My gait, flexibility, strength, mobility, balance and fall risk is improving each week. Many reasons to be inspired!!”

“(11/15/23) I want to be able to be me again. Last week I rolled my ankle so now there is a painful area on the inside of my knee. To be able to get up and walk like I used to is my goal. Only 1 more replacement to go.”

“(11/15/23) As a “seasoned” joint replacement person (2 shoulders, 2 hips and 1 knee) I have learned not to give up the hope of returning to a better, pain free life. I’ve had 5 major surgeries in the last seven years and know how very important daily exercises, PT and a positive outlook are to a full recovery. The daily texts, OSI book of information regarding pre/post surgery info & exercises, and video snippets of exercises all together have given me the path forward. Some days may be a bit more difficult than others, but keep your eyes on prize and focus on what you have already accomplished. You can do this…and I can, too!❤️”

“(11/14/23) I thank God! Many people lack resources to have medical care! I thank God for all who care for me! Counting my blessings stops any unnecessary thoughts❤️”

“(11/14/23) Today I took a walk with my walking stick to Veterans Memorisl Park! I walked around the campground twice using my walking stick! The warm temperatures in mid November encouraged me to take a stroll outside! The fresh air and sounds of the lake splashing along the shoreline make me feel refreshed! I’m just one day shy of two weeks post surgery! The recovery is coming along remarkably well!”

“(11/14/23) What motivates me after hip surgery? No Pain for one! The ability to do all those things that I used to take for granted - walking, errands, being able to keep up with my husband. The inspirational non judgemental texts have been wonderful to receive and kept me on track. Especially when I tend to overdue and take on more than I should. Between my foot and my hip, I’m looking forward to getting back to the activities I love - tennis, golf, skiing (we’ll see) and all the family outings and trips we have planned - without a walker, without a cane, without hanging onto my husband’s arm for support!”

“(11/14/23) The first 5 days are rough. Don’t pretend they are not. And- don’t let well meaning friends and family make you think this is no big deal. They will try and tell you about Susie or Bob’s quick recovery. Shine that on.

It’s a big deal.

If you can make it to day 12 after knee surgery...things start to change quickly-although of course after day five-slow improvements will begin.

2 weeks out—even better....you will start walking without a cane and be halfway across the room—so ha! be careful. If not—don’t worry.

Each day and beyond—your life gets back to normal and sleep improves.”

“(11/13/23) Get better faster by following all the information given you to assure the best results after surgery. You have probably heard it numerous times but doing physical therapy and home exercises is best for your recovery. Any questions, contact the doctors office and you get expert advice for any concerns you may have.”

“(11/13/23) I want to return to functional life. Independent at home, taking care of grandchildren and return to golfing.”

“(11/13/23) My goal is to return to normalcy without pain. Looking forward to being able drive again pushes me to do my exercises and work hard with my therapy person.”

“(11/13/23) The knowledge within the whole body of my caregivers is the biggest item I know for sure. I trust modern medicine and look outside my own self and trust in others who have spent years of their lives learning, researching and experiencing. I thank my wonderful Western Culture for developing such unique and special modern medicine. I take it by calculated good faith. Thanks everybody. Everything is going just as you have said.”

“(11/12/23) I’m going on a trip from my bucket list in the spring to Ireland! Got to feel good and walk strong!”

“(11/12/23) I am trusting as God heals or “reknits” my knee together that I’ll be able to take long walks with my husband and Barnabas our border collie. I’ll be able to enjoy every moment with my family, friends, and my grandchildren.”

“(11/12/23) This is a huge thing for me. I want to be active and continue a busy life. The daily texts I received, even before the surgery, have kept me engaged and not feeling left alone. I look forward to what they say, that holds me accountable and inspires me to keep exercising. No other Doctors office I know of, does this kind or communication with their patients. My daughter is a nurse and none of her surgeons do anything close to this. I appreciate all you’re doing for me.”

“(11/12/23) The first 4 days are difficult perhaps you’ll ask why you did this. The next 4 show improvement and a chance this may all work. The next 4 show dramatic improvement, you will be so happy during this time. Take it one day at a time and you will be rewarded. ”

“(11/12/23) Since I have had the surgery my hip feels better and whatever I can do to get as much mobility only seems right. Getting back to somewhere near where I was before I broke my hip 7 years ago should provide me with all the motivation necessary. Thank you to you and your team for the excellent work you do.”

“(11/11/23) Though I have some pain because I’m still recovering, when I stand up and realize I can stand up straight without pain and walk without pain, I just want to keep going.”

“(11/10/23) I am doing my therapy and my exercises and control my pain all the time and icing and elevating leg often that helps and each hour and move around helps with swelling and pain and blood circulation. Over walked one day and pain increased and swelling the video’s and messages help me to keep up with recovery.”

“(11/10/23) The goal to once again travel with my husband, hang out with my 6 grandbabies and complete my doctorate degree are all things that keep me pushing to full recovery.”

“(11/10/23) I am an avid Tennessee sports fan —football and men and women’s basketball. I have Season Tickets. I am working hard in therapy and at home to get back to the games. Also, I have two lovely granddaughters and I love to travel. I’ve only been retired 3 years and I have so much more to do.”

“(11/9/23) I’m 57 and my knee was starting to tell me what I wanted to do or not do. No more! Now 34 days post surgery and I feel awesome! Biked 6 miles/30 minutes today! I stay focused with a positive attitude each day. Remember the forward windshield is brighter than the rear view mirror! You can do it!”

“(11/9/23) I’m working hard on my exercises because I want to regain my full mobility. It is easy to just sit & relax in the easy chair with the thought that I will do the exercises tomorrow when I feel better.

Daily exercises is needed to get everything functioning properly in the knee. I do not want to walk with a stiff knee the rest of my life because I would not take the time to exercise properly.”

“(11/6/23) My goal was to walk better and sit, stand, lie and walk with less pain. Five weeks after hip replacement I am doing just that! Color me thankful‼️”

“(11/6/23) My inspiration to recover from this surgery is to be able to go back to work and help my family financially. It’s definitely been a rough road but my recovery is coming along very well. I will continue to persevere until I am healed.”

“(11/6/23) This surgery and recovery is definitely “an investment into my future self.”

At 64 years old, I had my first hip replaced last year in September and my second one replaced two weeks ago.

I am looking forward to Pain free living and 100 % return to doing things I love to do with the ones I love.”

“(11/5/23) I’m so encouraged by how well I’m doing, post op week two. I thought the healing process would be more difficult. My pain level has mostly been from ‘0’ to ‘3’, which encouraged me from the get go. Possibly the pain I was living with was worse than I admitted to myself?

My hubs ‘passed’ 10yrs ago. Last year I had to go to AZ to gain guardianship/conservatorship of both of my 90 yr old parents. I spent the summer caring for them (they ‘passed’ in the fall), my dad’s knees were awful and creaking, everytime I helped him up from sitting; caring for them also took a toll on my knees. I swore when I got things settled, I would do this FOR ME. WHAT gives me motivation to keep going? I know my parents and my hubs are helping me through this, they want me to be the BEST I can be. My hubs and I enjoyed hiking. I miss him but I’d like to get back to hiking with our grandsons and enjoying our boys for both my hubs and myself.💞

My surgical team has been amazing! The txt’s/info/videos prior to surgery and after surgery have been FANTASTIC! NONE of my friends, family, acquaintances who have had KRS, have had anything like this! They’re shocked by all the txt’s/info/phone calls I’ve received! THIS TEAM...Dr *’s Team, keeps me going and THEY INSPIRE me; I want to do my best FOR THEM.

Lastly....I want to take off to do the things I want to do with family and friends, w/o my first thought being... ‘how far will I have to park and walk’, in order to participate?’
THANK YOU TEAM PETER’S for ALL you do for ppl like me. Bless you and yours!💞🙏”

“(11/5/23) I’ve always been very independent. Relying on others has always been hard for me. The kids have all gone home, I’m driving, going back to work. I’m doing it!”

“(11/4/23) I am currently at my daughter’s and my goal is to return home. My situation is a little different because I have nerve damage so had very low pain from day one. Also because I have chronic fatigue I am not as frustrated with becoming tired after washing the dishes or walking.
I do what is comfortable plus but stop as soon as I feel tired. Sleeping and resting is helping to heal and to strengthen my body. I am looking forward next year taking care of my yard.”

“(11/4/23) I am inspired to continue to work hard on recovery by my little sister. She had a full knee replacement and was unable to take pain meds because of severe head trauma that affected her brain in a way which made opioids ineffective. She had a pain block until day five, then, just on Tylenol, she quickly moved through recovery. She didn’t sleep much for 4 weeks but uncomplainingly she moved forward into a complete recovery with full mobility. She is my inspiration.”

“(11/2/23) I am hoping for a speedy, healthy recovery, anticipating the full use of my knee again without pain! It’s been so long! Then knee #2 can be replaced and all will be “good as new.” My other goal is to be able to go across country by plane for my Mom’s 90th birthday! I’m praying all will be well for me to make that trip in 2 more months!”

“(11/1/23) If you are going to put up with the pain and inconvenience of surgery, you want to get the maximum benefit. Don’t let all this sacrifice go to waste. Follow through with the Physical therapy and do the required exercises.”

“(11/1/23) Right before my knee replacement surgery, my great grandson was born. I want to be able to take him to the zoo and fun places. So I will work hard to get back to normal.”

“(11/1/23) My grandchildren inspire me to get strong again. They are both little and needy and therefore I’m wanted. Better take advantage of them needing you while little cuz they grow quickly. With that being said I want to regain the strength in my legs so I can keep up with them and my growing family. I want to be able to play with them again without the pain that I had.

With inspiration of youngsters who wouldn’t want to try hard. I’m glad I’m fortunate enough to be able to.

I love my family❤️❤️❤️”

“(10/31/23) With this second knee replacement I’m working harder to do the Pt exercises. Last time i got depressed and slept more. This time I make time for the work and I’m improving faster. What inspires me is encouragement from you Dr * and thoughts and prayers from family and friends. Thanks to all of you who are working hard alongside me. And most of all I give thanks to our good Lord above who has it all under his control and heals us.”

“(10/30/23) Staying positive helps, especially when pain is bad, & u are tired.
Having family and friends point out the achievements, when I’m discouraged, help to.”

“(10/30/23) My surgery went well. My recovery is going well also. What motivates me is getting well so that I can get the other knee done. Then I will be as good as new. One of my friends said that I have 2023 model knee.😁”

“(10/29/23) My shoulder is definitely improving. Just have to keep telling myself the new shoulder is better than the old one. Staying calm and patient is the hardest thing for me. Therapy has been awesome!”

“(10/29/23) Being mobile is so important to humans because of that love of self you receive when treating yourself well. Because of surgery it is even more important to gain that mobility back as soon as possible to be fully recovered.”

“(10/29/23) Keep up with the therapy and all the exercises! They may seem redundant or impossible at first, but every day you’ll get stronger! The texts from the Parisi team keep you going on those days when you wonder if you can. You got this!”

“(10/29/23) The pre op pain is gone. It feels good to feel better and to try and get back to normal and be able to do all the things I used to do pain free.”

“(10/29/23) I’m inspired by
- a desire to live life fully
- personal experiences that have taught me (after several other surgeries) the superior value of doing the hard work of PT
- seeing a 89 year old uncle dance after his surgery and conscientious PT work
- my loving family and friends that cheer me on
- the other parts of my body that await full recovery of my hip
- awareness that there is more for me to do in life”

“(10/27/23) I have cut back on my meds & will try tylenol. I’m 82 & think I am doing well. My goal is to walk without my walker next week but I am not using a cane, never have used one.”

“(10/26/23) Knowing I have the right team to solve this problem and the right plan to make it happen. That’s my motivation.”

“(10/25/23) I had my left knee replaced in June and just had my right knee replaced Oct 13. This time I know what yo expect and know if I listen to my physical therapists and do what they tell me that it will get better every week.”

“(10/24/23) I had my left knee replaced in June and just had my right knee replaced Oct 13. This time I know what yo expect and know if I listen to my physical therapists and do what they tell me that it will get better every week.”

“(10/24/23) Thinking about playing on the floor with my grand children, hiking in the fall, playing pickleball and golf in the summer, and skiing in the winter keeps me going!”

“(10/24/23) Even though I am almost 80 years old, I have lots of life to live! I love my family, my friends and my church family. I have always been very independent and my goal is to be there again. Even though it is tough sometimes I will continue to try to move forward by following the rules and suggestions made by the surgical team.”

“(10/24/23) I am proud of myself, my career accomplishments and how well I heal. In some regards, mystical, yet almost creepy, at times.”

“(10/23/23) My inspiration comes from all the positive people who are here to help everyday. The regular communication from my surgeons office has kept me informed and determined to continue to heal. I look forward to being free of the cane and unwanted attention.”

“(10/22/23) My motivation is easy…first, pain! It became debilitating and robbed me of a normal lifestyle. Second…golf! I am anxious to return to a sport I truly enjoy. I was most anxious to have the procedure done so my quality of life improves.”

“(10/22/23) It’s that light at the end of the tunnel. I know that some night soon I will go to bed and get a decent nights sleep, wake up and feel like I could go out and play 18 holes. It has been a process for me and I guess that I have felt like a yo yo. Up one day down the next. I am an upbeat person so I am looking towards the end of the tunnel. Hopefully it’s not a train heading my way.”

“(10/21/23) Getting up each day knows that I had a message keep me on track.
This is my second time doing this surgery, I didn’t have it the first time and I really enjoyed it. Thanks for all the support 🙏”

“(10/19/23) I’m pushing hard after surgery to regain full mobility with my knee. Before surgery on my knee, my knee had deteriorated to the point that I could not stand for more than 8-10 minutes at a time. One of my hobbies was making custom ink pens using a wood lathe. I might stand for an hour while turning & crafting an ink pen. It got to the point that I could not stand long enough to make ink pens anymore. So the hobby had to go. My other hobby was competition metal detecting which required a lot of bending over to dig something out of the ground. That hobby also had to be given up. Eventually I want to regain full use of my knee so I can start my hobbies back up. I feel the only way I can regain full mobility & use of my knee is to keep pushing harder during my rehab therapy…”

“(10/19/23) Two things come to mind; first is that I have waited over five years to get my knee replaced. Having my knee replaced means that I will be able to kneel in church, to be without pain when I walk and to climb stairs without pain. Second, because I will be able to walk without pain, I will be able to hike with my family again, to be able to attend my grandchildren’s ball games and to eventually walk the Camino de Santiago.”

“(10/19/23) It has been 5 weeks since my surgery, and I am inspired to get back to life. I’ve turned the corner and can’t wait to return to church, shopping and special times with my three great grandsons. I hope this inspires others to keep on with PT. You’ll get there.”

“(10/18/23) What inspires me after having my knee replaced is being able to be active again with out pain!

I hope to return to OK my home in sunny Florida where I will enjoy walking on the beach, taking bike rides and walking my dog without pain as well as visiting friends around the pool. ☀️

I plan on continuing my recovery and gaining strength to do things that I enjoy and have not been able to do for some time. I am 78 years young and look forward to life with my new knee!!”

“(10/16/23) The best advice is :
-Get off narcotics asap
-“Do much as you can as early as you can!”
- be patient and kind to your caregiver AND yourself”

“(10/15/23) I had shoulder replaced September 12th and overly pleased with how it has responded. I took pain pills for three days and the pain had stopped. I have done the exercises 3 times a day since then and have no pain and my shoulder is 60% usable after 5 weeks. Started PT last week and looking forward to playing golf middle of December.”

“(10/14/23) Encouragement, exercises, chuckles and guidance have been key in helping me remember that every day I am moving towards better mobility and no pain.”

“(10/12/23) I’m encouraged that my pain level has decreased tremendously and I can sit and stand without pain. I can sleep after a year of sleep deprivation. I am thankful that I can look forward to the future. God is so good !!!”

“(10/12/23) I was tired of hurting all the time, after the surgery I’m striving to get back in shape so I can get back to doing things that I enjoy.”

“(10/10/23) Wanting this phase of recovery to pass is what keeps me going. Tired of the swelling and pain which over a month is finally subsiding. I want to reach the point where I am glad I had it done and can even think about having the second knee replaced and straightened. Just hope I am not left with permanent swelling as I have seen in some. The things they don’t tell you before surgery! I am out to see that it doesn’t happen to me. Two straight legs are my goal!”

“(10/9/23) My inspiration for working hard after surgery is Foundation Physical Therapy. I was skeptical when I was referred for PT but Foundation has been a game changer for me. Everyone there is so kind, caring and work well with one another. They are not only focused on improving my range of motion and strengthening, they work on eliminating my pain, which is invaluable to me. Their availability makes it possible to be treated as needed which is equally important.”

“(10/9/23) I am determined to not become that little old lady with the walker or cane. I want to be active and be myself again.”

“(10/9/23) My inspiration is to hike once again . Each fall I have missed the splendor of our beautiful area.”

“(10/8/23) After two weeks of doing everything possible to take care of my knee, my mind, my body, my spirit and my soul, my loving partner in crime took me for a drive. THIS is what keeps me going, these mountains whose trails I will hike and ski after a full total knee replacement recovery.”

“(10/8/23) After two weeks of doing everything possible to take care of my knee, my mind, my body, my spirit and my soul, my loving partner in crime took me for a drive. THIS is what keeps me going, these mountains whose trails I will hike and ski after a full total knee replacement recovery.”

“(10/8/23) My daughter is having a baby and counting on me to help soon. I work hard with me rehab to prepare.”

“(10/8/23) My motivation comes on a few different levels. One obviously is the desire to be pain free and flexible for the first time in years. Finally my wife and I will be able to enjoy retirement activities without regard to whether my knee will be an issue. Having that potential of a pain free life, is exciting!
My motivation to work hard to hit the therapy goals comes indirectly from a friend who didn’t work hard during therapy and as a result has had lingering pain and issues ever since his replacement. I figure if I’m going to put myself in this position, I’m going to put in the hard work so I can unequivocally enjoy time with those family and friends who have always supported me during the years of pain.”

“(10/6/23) I am inspired by simply saying out loud what I can do today that I could not do before.
“I couldn’t climb the stairs that easily 3 days ago. I couldn’t get out of this chair without help yesterday.” This helps me speak (and hear) my recovery progress naming the steps of achievement, both small and big.”

“(10/4/23) I’m a musician & my joy requires me to be able to attend live entertainment. This is my motivation to recovery ❤️‍🩹”

“(10/2/23) My primary inspiration stems from my hope to walk and stand independently without pain. This propels me to work hard even with the momentary pain in hat. Am experiencing even at 5 weeks 💜 HOPE MAGNIFIED”

“(10/2/23) What keeps me inspired to do
my PT at home and push through the first tough weeks has been my desire to get back to the sports and outside play I love! I want to be flying across the water on my SUP board, surfing and soaring with my wing before my 75th birthday coming up.”

“(10/1/23) The texts I receive help me to stay focused, whenever I feel down I think I’m not in a race and tomorrow is another day. Not walking like a penguin is fantastic and I know I have to keep working to make that a reality.”

“(10/1/23) I am so thankful and excited to get back to living with my new knee. I can hardly wait to go for long walks again with my dog. I love getting the encouraging daily emails both before and after surgery telling me I was going to be OK! That what I was feeling was normal. I will forever be grateful for the excellent care I have received from Dr. * and ALL involved in this journey. ”

“(10/1/23) The first time I was able to walk without limping it was a feeling I will always remember,I cried. That has encouraged me as much as anything and also the text messages I get from Dr *’s office are very encouraging.”

“(9/27/23) I look forward to the information in my text messages regarding my recovery after surgery. It has helped me to complete my exercises at home and work hard at my PT sessions. Being relentless in putting in the work to accomplish my goals has helped me to recover in order to be able to workout and do other things that I love.”

“(9/27/23) Every day I see how much more movement there is, even if it’s just a quarter inch and how much less pain.
Try to do less exercises at a time but much exercise more often. Every 1 to 1.5 hrs. Keep icing realy helps to not feel the pain. When I do the same exercise 2 hours later and can move a extra quarter inch gives lots of motivation.”

“(9/27/23) have spent the past 35 years with three prior knee surgeries, and each one of those had very long recoveries with significant pain. The healing process with this knee surgery is dramatically different. There is not nearly as much discomfort. I am walking around remarkably well and I’m so pleased with the outcome. I truly appreciate Dr. *’s skills and the care that he and his team have given me. In my profession as a physician-surgeon, I recognize the importance of someone with great aptitude towards the deep understanding of what is required by the human body in order to affect a more positive outcome, and I believe that Dr. * has those skills. Thank you all very much!”

“(9/26/23) I’m following my Doctors instructions to help me get better, looking forward to taking a cruise to Alaska after my retirement next year and being able to see all the amazing sights.”

“(9/26/23) I was so worried about doing this surgery. I couldnt believe how efficient everything has been so far.
On day 10 and nowhere near as bad as I thought. I know I have a long way to go but plan to work hard to get there. Looking forward to getting around and enjoying life more.”

“(9/26/23) I am driven to rehab this second knee replacement due to having my first one 4 1/2 months ago and have experienced the great results following rehab and advice from Dr *. So I know that I can achieve the awesome results from knee replacement surgery.”

“(9/26/23) I am extremely active, independent and focused on quality of life. With the advent of knee and hip pain, my life really changed to something I wasn’t accustomed to ….inactivity.
Wanting to get back “to normal”, has inspired me to focus on the challenge in front of me. Between the guidance, daily informational texts, a chart to tell me what to do when and support of my husband & those around me, I know that “I’ve got this”. Also, the respect the doctor, nurses and other personnel have shown me has helped me go forward. Thank you to everyone!”

“(9/26/23) I have to say that I’m totally amazed with my progress. I have had no complications and no gut wrenching pain. My surgery was Sept 12th and I am doing well . My knee is still feeling tight. Of course I’m taking physical therapy which is helping tremendously. I know it will be a while before it’s back to normal , but I am so glad I had it done. I think the key is to keep moving, keep that knee in motion. You’ll be glad you did.”

“(9/25/23) Long walks in the Fall leaves!
Keeping up with my 4 year old grandson!
Going on trips !
Hunting season (can climb into stand without major pain )
Life can be short make the very most of each and everyday!!”

“(9/24/23) I believe the knee replacement surgery will allow me to have the flexibility and strength that I used to have. I’m 2 weeks out and PT tells me I’m “ahead of the curve” for recovery. I do the exercises because I believe they make a difference. I want to be able to be more active with my 6 year old granddaughter. I’d love to be able to play with her and keep up, like my husband does, that’s my motivation!”

“(9/25/23) This is my second total knee replacement and the thing that inspires me is that there is a light at the end of the tunnel. Before my surgery the pain I had was only getting worse. Now the more I push and the harder I work it gets better and the pain eventually gets easier. Then when you’re finished it is all worth it. So my advice is push with all u got because it gets better the harder u work.”

“(9/24/23) I am inspired to do my post-operative exercises because I have noticed marked improvements every day.

It also helped that I was doing a lot of them for four weeks before surgery. ”

“(9/24/23) I can see small steps of progress; I can use my cane inside the house instead of the walker, I am not using any pain meds, I’m sleeping through the night, I can do more for myself, I can walk outside for further amounts each day. ”

“(9/24/23) Hip recovery: I stay motivated because I want to be as active as I can with my compromised body. I have a husband, kids, grandchildren who I want to keep up with as much as I can. I went to enjoy life 😊”

“(9/23/23) I definitely have enjoyed and really rely on myself. What a courtesy and clear reminder of what I need to bring doing.”

“(9/23/23) Never knew how painful this surgery was. I’m taking it day by day and hope, pray there is an end to it! I’ve had quad knee repair, both rotator/bicep repair, but nothing like a total knee!”

“(9/23/23) I had my surgery over a month ago and I’m already out of my therapy. I’m still doing my exercises twice a day at home, I will do them until I feel I’m 100% back on track.
What inspired me every day was to see my grandchildren and no be able to take care or play with them as I normal do I told my self keep working hard so you can be able to do your normal life. Also Dr. *’s text messages everyday keep me motivated.”

“(9/23/23) I’m taking care of my husband in Home Hospice and I need my strength back to pick him up when he falls.”

“(9/23/23) Following your prescribed treatment. Establish a manageable routine. Try a little bit more every day but don’t overdo. Stay positive.”

“(9/23/23) What inspires me is the light at the end of the tunnel. My discomfort is only temporary and my progress is apparent. Nature is also a great inspiration.”

“(9/21/23) I am inspired to work hard after my surgery because I want to be able to keep up with my 14 year-old daughter, who is a competitive dancer. I only have her under my roof for a few more years and I don’t want to miss anything.”

“(9/21/23) My daughter is getting married Nov. 11th. The first of my children to marry. I purchased a pair of gorgeous, killer, sexy, stilettos some time ago that are the perfect mother of the bride shoes. I am determined to wear them at least for the ceremony.
Set a realistic goal for yourself of something that you look forward to doing that you haven’t been able to do for sometime because of your knees. I have always been an outdoors, physical person. I am looking forward to walks, riding bikes and several other things that I haven’t been able to do for awhile or do without pain.”

“(9/20/23) I’m inspired to push the rehab limits after hip surgery because of my past experiences in knowing that this hard work will help with correcting my range of motion deficiencies and be an even better golf player.”

“(9/20/23) Recovery is important to me because I want to be able to do the things I love to do. Walking, exercising, hiking, bike riding and spending time with my granddaughters. Working hard will help me do these things again.”

“(9/20/23) I have always used goals to inspire me to work harder to excel to reach goals. I find it difficult to maintain great conditioning. It is so much easier to sleep in, skip workouts, watch more tv…. I have always planned athletic events in the future to keep me motivated. I planned a ski trip 4 months after my surgery. I knew it would take me 3 months to recover and a month to get into good ski condition. Every time I think I can slack off I think of my trip and I go to work. This has always worked for me.”

“(9/20/23) I knew my knee was in bad shape but I had not thought it would need replacement when I made plans for an October vacation. I will be embarking on a cruise to the Panama Canal in October. This has been all the motivation I need.”

“(9/19/23) I’m almost 67 years of age and have always led an active lifestyle which includes 30 years of military service, maintaining physical fitness and healthy weight, and pursuit of hobbies that include hiking and hunting for elk in the Rocky Mountains. Healthy knees are a must to continue my lifestyle and I am highly motivated to regain full strength and function of both legs. I have now had both knees replaced since January this year and believe aggressive physical therapy and general activity is my way to full recovery.”

“(9/18/23) I’m motivated to continue all that I have learned from you and my physical therapist. The Lord has given me 78 wonderful years and I know there is more for me to learn and enjoy in life. I have the best husband in the world and I want as many days possible with him.”

“(9/18/23) Healing has been a tough journey. I have had some really bad days. Today marks the second week post operative. Some days you don’t think you’re going to make it through the day because of the pain and discomfort. The ice machine is a lifesaver. Use it as much as possible. If I can’t get up to really walk around I do exercises in bed repeatedly throughout the day. I have had a lot of sleepless nights, make sure you have plenty of pillows!!!! I’ve found having several very soft pillows on my side help with relaxing my head and drifting off to sleep which is minimal. Some people can handle pain, unfortunately I am one of those who have an extremely high pain tolerance however with this surgery I have found the pain often to be unmanageable and unbearable. I still make sure to do my exercises so I will not have any setbacks, but I personally think the issue of pain has kind of gone ignored in a sense. I have been given some refills,but feel almost as if my need for them has been misinterpreted or misunderstood. I understand there is an epidemic regarding many types of pain pills, however I only take what I need. I take my regimen of Tylenol, gabapentin I have been doing everything I’ve been told to do and also added massaging from ankle to mid thigh with tiger balm which does seem to help some. Overall I feel that as a patient I have received excellent care, but again unfortunately due to others who have become addicted or abused pain medication that otherwise would be an immense help to those of us who truly need them , the doctors have a hard time dispensing the medication. Because of this problem I have been in uncontrollable pain at certain times where taking Tylenol and other medications as instructed has had no effect whatsoever. Crying uncontrollably because I am unable to get into any comfortable position and wanting to go to the ER for treatment so I would be able to sleep even for an hour. I have not done so and I keep hanging in there knowing and hoping it will get better, continuing my exercises and PT . When you have any type of surgery you have to understand that it will not be entirely pain free and you must put the work in. I just truly wish that doctors would have a little more understanding and faith in their patients when it comes to pain control and dispensing medication. Whether they count pills, have you sign a pain medication contract, call to check on you regularly and when you as the patient do not need these medications anymore, be responsible enough to properly dispose of any unused medications in a medication drop box. Although I am excelling in PT today is by far the worst day I’ve had. I cried uncontrollably this morning, throughout my PT session and as I write this because I am in uncontrollable pain and I feel if I call the dr I will be refused any medication. I told my PT therapist I have no idea what I am supposed to do. Could she please help me, I need help. So this is my honest and truthful statement. I’m here wrapped in ice machine, leg elevated, doing toe exercises and crying uncontrollably because the pain is like nothing I have ever experienced before. Afraid to call the dr because I do not want to be a burden to them and afraid they won’t help me.”

“(9/18/23) Hello I recently had a hip replacement surgery and I have been very pleased. I am extremely happy with my outcome. I am very fortunate that I found Dr Y on my own through another orthopedic surgeon and I was promptly accepted . His team is awesome and I am kept encouraged with their daily things for me to do to make this an exceptional experience. I recommend Dr Y to everyone I speak to . Thank you all so much for your professionalism.”

“(9/18/23) My goal is to get back to the gym and at the level I had before surgery.
I am back to the gym and am working out better because of my new knee!”

“(9/17/23) First, I want to walk pain-free. ✅
Second, I want to return to doing things I love to do.
And, without the doctors encouragement texts and these videos that “show” me then, I’d be on my own. Every couple days the messages show up to say, “You can do this (the recovery ❤️‍🩹 part)”.
God has the healing part already built-in.
So, I guess it’s the Team approach that works together to reach the goal. Thank 😊 You!”

“(9/16/23) I have more of the world that I want to visit and I want to be able to climb stairs and hike on various tours without having to wonder if it will be too much for me. When home, I want to be able to keep taking long birdwatching walks and walks with various small dogs that I foster without worrying if my knees will buckle underneath me.”

“(9/12/23) I keep working hard following surgery, because I want to reach my two goals; being able to again walk without an Assistive Device and be pain. So working toward these goals!”

“(9/11/23) Walking for exercise and play golf with family!”

“(9/10/23) I am inspired to strengthen my leg after surgery so I can remain active in all facets of my life — and do so without pain. I want to participate fully in my own hobbies as well as in group activities. I want to go on trips with our children and grandchildren — and keep up with the pack. I want to walk the beach, ride a bicycle, walk the Freedom Trail in Boston and play with my grandkids.”

“(9/10/23) I am so happy. Before my surgery I was in pain and my ROM was limited. Every day I can do more things without pain and although I am only 12days from surgery my ROM is better than it was before and the pain is much improved. So tomorrow I start out patient PT and I know I will be back 100% before long.”

“(9/9/23) The first week is not easy. The second week is still difficult to move around but the pain is starting to decrease. Each week after, there is continued improvement with mobility and flexibility.

You must do the physical work to see improvement in your recovery. I started PT at a local center 2 days after surgery. I was very humbled with my inability to perform basic functions. I told myself that I had to work hard in PT and at home, as I wanted to be sure I was doing everything I could to restore my knee.

Dr. *’s daily text messages helped me understand my recovery would take time. The messages also helped my mental fitness. There were days when I was feeling down, and my mental toughness was questioned. The messages explained this was part of the process. Do what you need to do to keep on a positive track.

I am an over achiever. The first objective was to be at 0 degrees flat and 90 degrees bend. Those numbers inspired me to work extra hard at PT. “Do 3 sets of 10.” I did 4. Push yourself and it is okay to feel a little soreness and pain. You are improving and healing faster.

TNR is not an easy quick recovery. It will take time and you will see stepping stone improvements every day and week. Be grateful that your medical team and you are doing the best to improve your health. Do the work. You control your performance. You will be successful and proud of your achievement.”

“(9/9/23) Day 10, I’m walking without a walker using a cane on short walks with very little pain swelling or redness. Day 12 I’m walking out the front door down my homemade ramp, out the gate, to the mail box and back again. I’m looking forward to get back to my out door activities. I would classify this hip surgery as a 10 hands down. Dr Fuller took what should be a major surgery an turned into a minor surgery.”

“(9/9/23) Return to the normality of an active, pain- free life.”

“(9/8/23) What inspires me to work hard after knee replacement surgery is knowing that I will be able to do things that I love to do that my pain prevented me from before. I love to dance and hike. I miss doing things out in nature. Movement matters to your mental health so much. Being able to get out of the house and not stay home hurting is beneficial.”

“(9/8/23) My motivation is thinking about having a future without pain. I know at least when this is done, my quality of life will have improved.”

“(9/6/23) As I am suffering through the exercises, I have the following mantra: Some day I will be glad I did this.”

“(9/6/23) I take my recovery very seriously. I had my knee done and I did all my stretches and PT to the best of my ability. I had friends that had the same surgery somewhere else and they didn’t follow their recovery instructions and they had issues. I have not had any issues with my knee since 2019. I wanted to have the best quality of life so for me following the regimen is a no brained. Stay motivated it is worth it in the long run.”

“(9/5/23) I am blessed with two things. Number 1, I have been through a hip replacement before. Thirteen years ago I had my left hip replaced. I had an experienced and talented surgeon. The recovery went very well. So I knew that if I followed directives and was diligent with exercise program, my recovery would be quick and relatively. painless. Number 2, Tylenol is an effective pain medication for me. Therefore, I think I was able eliminate the need for the narcotics much more quickly and participate in the exercise program with a good result and less pain. Following the schedule that has been laid out for you and working diligently will result in a recovery that is likely more satisfactory than you would have originally expected.”

“(9/4/23) My Family. The things I want to accomplish in the future.”

“(9/4/23) My recovery has has ut’s ups downs , always has more you than downs.. I give God all the glory. When I am at therapy one more act to finish and I am struggling to finish , I just say “Lord please help me make it through this last set “. And before I know it the set is over. I try to start each day with a positive attitude.”

“(9/3/23) Like my first surgery, at 5 weeks I am “turning the corner” with little to no meds, decreased swelling/stiffness, walking unaided, sleeping better, good range of motion numbers, and have good spirits. At 4 weeks, I did not see the corner ahead to turn. I am very pleased because I know that the surgeries that I had will allow me to be active and mobile without pain for many years to come. If you haven’t see the corner ahead, it’s there, just be patient and do the PT and….ice!”

“(9/3/23) I knew it was time to have my knee replaced. I want to play with my grand kids and hike and do things I really couldn’t do anymore. Everyone said, you’ll be so glad you did it! Well after the first week I was questioning it. But now, I get up everyday and make it a better stronger day than the previous one. Yes some days it was hard but I press on. I enjoy going to PT to push myself. When I can see myself making progress it makes me feel great! That’s what keeps me going along with the encouragement from my friends and family. God is good!”

“(9/3/23) After having hip replacement gone wrong 6 mths ago, I was so relieved to find somewhere that was so willing to help restore normalcy back for me. I am working hard to get back to a routine and be pain free. Dr. Y was amazing! I can’t thank him enough.”

“(9/2/23) I feel better and have less pain after PT. Plus, I’ve seen tremendous results due to PT. I achieved a completely straight leg within the first two weeks and can bend my knee 130 degrees at 4.5 weeks. I’ll take a little extra pain for 30-60 minutes to feel much better afterwards and see such tremendous improvement.”

“(9/1/23) We keep our great granddaughter, three days a week, and I am inspired to keep working hard so that I can get back down on the floor to play with her. I am also looking forward to getting back to playing pickle ball and working out in my yard. I am very pleased with the progress that I have been making after only 10 days.”

“(8/30/23) I find the fact that I want to be able to walk and do the things that I did before. I also am very stubborn, it helps.”

“(8/30/23) My journey of total knee replacement has been better than i expected. I wanted to be able to get back into shape and no longer have a bummed knee keeping from doing so. I am 69 years old and had been athletic most of my life until my knee kept me from staying in shape. It has been difficult at times, but worth all the time (and pain) to become whole again. Keep a positive mind and do your exercises, both at home and at PT. Consistency is KEY! Only you can determine your complete recovery.”

“(8/29/23) I work hard to improve because l have a desire to slow run/jog a 5K & lose weight to get off meditation.”

“(8/27/23) I want my normal life back, therefore I do what was instructed to do by Dr. * and his staff. I find the daily emails very helpful. I normally walk 16,000 - 20,000 steps per day in spring, summer and fall, depending on the weather. Winter it’s 12,000-14,000 steps per day. I miss this very much. So, exercising, walking, eating right and drinking water is making me stronger and getting me back to the life I love. ”

“(8/27/23) My daughter and I had planned, several years ago, to hike all the waterfalls of Michigans Upper Peninsula. First I had a huge bone spur that was hindering me. I had that taken care of only to find I was still in excruciating pain from my knees. My inspiration is first to be able to walk without pain and then be able to take that hiking trip with my daughter.”

“(8/27/23) I first prepared myself mentally & exercised prior to surgery. Meal prep & house cleaned my home. Determined to walk around in my home every time I woke up & knowing the second day is always the hardest. My second day 1 AM was 10 out of 10 pain and took my pain meds walked around the house and it was never that painful afterwards. Starting PT out patient status was a big key on day 3. Knowing every day will be better!!!”

“(8/27/23) I am inspired by the progress I’ve already made, which keeps me motivated to compete this recovery at 100% as soon as possible. The Physical Therapist tells me that I am far ahead of the other knee replacement patients they have. This procedure and my recovery is going great and I can’t wait to complete the recovery.”

“(8/27/23) My husband and I like to hike together. Even though for over a decade I’ve known I have knee arthritis, staying active has helped that condition. But not so with my hip. In the last couple of years my left hip began to slow me down to the extent that I could no longer look forward to even sauntering through nature. So after my condition worsened, even after physical therapy and having to use NASAIDs regularly for the pain, I decided to have hip surgery. I was encouraged to do so by friends and acquaintances who had successfully had the surgery, and even by a physical therapist. But I was fearful because of possible complications. My brother had a nightmare situation where he fell out of a malfunctioning lift chair (avoid those), cracked his leg bone after his first hip surgery, had to have a second hip replacement, then contracted MRSA, then had temporaries as he went in for one and then two rounds of daily antibiotic treatments before finally beating down the infection so he could have his 5th surgery and placement of his third hip. But in the end he went to one of the best Orthopedic Centers in the country. I decided that that’s where I would go from the start. I’ve had the great advantage of having been provided excellent pre and post operative information and encouragement. They encouraged trying to control pain if possible with Tylenol and NASAIDs and I have been able to do that and avoid opioids after coming home from my outpatient surgery. I’m only 10 days past surgery, so I still have some recovering to do, but I am able to walk with, and even without, a cane. My advice:
1. Try physical therapy first and get as strong as possible before surgery.
2. Find a good surgeon who does many joint replacement surgeries in a highly rated Orthopedic center.
3. Follow all the recommendations they give for physical therapy including mindfulness practices/ breathing techniques for stress and pain relief.
4. Start taking two stool softeners at night before surgery and continue with 2 until you are not constipated. Constipation can hurt worse than the surgery pain. Follow a regular schedule for pain meds so pain doesn’t become too intense, then gradually reduce the amount, over time, as able.
5. Watch movies, listen to and read fun books, listen to/play music, or whatever you like that you are able to safely enjoy while resting. Keep your spirits up and enjoy what you can.
6. Look forward to and gradually strengthen your body (following physical therapy recommendations) to begin to resume the activities you love when you are able.
7. Eat healthy foods and avoid or limit things (sugar for one) that feed inflammation.

I look forward to soon being able to saunter through beautiful places. Who knows if I’ll be able to hike up the Grand Canyon at age 69, but I’ll at least be able to walk the rim and enjoy the splendor.
”

“(8/26/23) My desire to return to biking and kayaking with knees that can keep up!!! But my biggest inspiration is my 9 month old grandson. I want to be an active part of his life a he becomes more active!! He and I going to have so much fun!!!!”

“(8/26/23) What I found is this total knee replacement surgery was a lot more than I expected. Following the guidelines and doing as instructed is very beneficial to your recovery. My problem is the pain meds, I don’t tolerate them at all.”

“(8/23/23) What inspires me is to be able to walk using necessary range of motion and with no pain.”

“(8/23/23) The daily text messages were huge. Such great advice. Really kept me on track. Plus I would go back and look at ones that I I had received a while back if I wanted to review the info.. This was an amazing aid to recovery.”

“(8/22/23) Just remember the harder you work with your physical therapy the quicker you’ll recover from the surgery - it’s hard but worth it!! Each day you’ll get stronger.”

“(8/22/23) My focus is being able to return to doing activities without pain . Also I don’t want my Grandchildren to remember me as being constantly limping and hurting!”

“(8/21/23) Knowing I’ll be able to move better and do things I haven’t done for awhile. I can’t wait to get out on a trail and go hiking.”

“(8/16/23) Why Continued Work & Rehab Is Important. Having lost 5+ years of prime living time, having the opportunity to recapture 10+ of that time thanks to the Doctors & other medical help is not going to be wasted. There’s still wonderful things left to do.”

“(8/15/23) Prior to my surgery a friend and I would go walking for exercise using the upper deck of the hockey rink in cold winter months. I notice a man and women alway there as well .
She was using trecking sticks for support and soon she would be far ahead of her husband. One day we stopped to chat and I asked if she had knee or hip surgery.
She said it was knee and with faithfully doing her exercises she was nearly back to normal. I told her I was due for knee replacement in July. She said I am going to give you some advice. DO YOUR EXERCISES. She turned and pointed to her husband who was still way behind and said look at him, he had knee surgery a while before me but wouldn’t do his exercises. Now he can’t keep up to me. Proof you need to do your exercises as hard as that seems to be sometimes.
Every time I feel down and want to avoid exercise I think of the advise and example this lady gave me.”

“(8/14/23) This is my second knee replacement. Best choice I ever made to be able to walk pain-free, and do every day activities. Yes it’s painful but it don’t last forever.”

“(8/14/23) I continue to work hard because I feel like I have my life back. Since my hip surgery July 12 2023 that knawing 24 hour pain is gone. After so many tears and years of not being able to sleep through the night I can tell u now ….. I can. I can sleep through the night. I am committed to do my exercises and my a full and complete recovery.”

“(8/13/23) I remember a little eight year old girl that injured her knee running to a small store across the street after school. She always needed some Red Hots. On this day, she fell and hurt her knee. She was crushed because the school track meet was in a few weeks. That little girl was working hard in her back yard trying to get better as fast as she could. Her doctor told her she could compete. She was so happy. She didn’t win this time, but vowed to compete again the next year. I have thought about event many times throughout the years. That little girl was me.”

“(8/13/23) I had absolutely no inspiration. My husband took over and reverted to his undergraduate engineering degree. He had charts for my meds,charts for icing, charts for pt, and he made me stick to a rigorous regime. It worked!!! No seepage, very little swelling an almost straight leg and an almost 90 degree bend at the knee. Not without some serious marital difficulties, but in the long run I am grateful.”

“(8/13/23) I did knee replacement surgery on July 11th. Want to get faster recovery just to take care of my house, my family and my pets. Plus I have my daughter’s engagement just one month away.”

“(8/13/23) I love taking walks or riding my bike during all 4 seasons, but especially in the fall! So beautiful! I like walking for a long time, but my knee was less willing to allow me to do this prior to surgery. What inspires me to continue my exercises, walking despite some pain of progress is autumn is coming and I will be out there walking or biking yet again. I want to walk and bike in the cooling air with fall leaves all around and I know these exercises are the key to my enjoyment.”

“(8/12/23) I know the pain and the work I put in now is worth me being able to live a normal and pain free life.”

“(8/12/23) Just wanted to do what I could to get better to be free from the pain. Wanted to get better for myself and my family, grandkids and great grandkids! Stay positive and-I am well!”

“(8/12/23) I suffered severe trauma to my knee very young and never experienced a typical young adulthood. Within 10 years of that injury my other “good” knee started to suffer degeneration as well from overcompensation. I also discovered I have several autoimmune inflammatory diseases and that they were eroding most of the joints in my body. In my 40s the pain and dysfunction were so profound and severe they affected every aspect of my life. I had to stop doing things I enjoyed. Even daily activities were difficult. Stairs were terrifying. I was so scared of falling down stairs.
I want to get back to living life without the pain and dysfunction I have lived with for over 20 years. I can see myself enjoying being active doing things I have not been able to do and being able to safely navigate stairs without fear of falling. No one in their 20s, 30s, or 40s should be so worried about falling down stairs because their knee locks or catches as I have had to be. I still have the other knee to go thru this same process before I will be completely rehabilitated but just having one functional knee will make a world of difference in my life.
Just knowing this improvement in quality of life is coming keeps me going. It makes me challenge myself in my therapy and home exercise program.”

“(8/11/23) What inspires me is push hats with physical therapy. I want to be able to go up and down stairs. Ride my bike!!! Bake and be able to stand while baking!!! I do my best to keep up with all the exercises!!! I feel really great!! I’m very happy I’ve had the surgery!!!”

“(8/9/23) I have a goal to hike Angels Landing in Utah this summer! I love hiking and that would be a real challenge but I gotta try. Need these knees bending properly if I’m going to make it.”

“(8/9/23) I had my 2nd knee replacement on 27 Jul. My focus to go through it all again is that I’ve always been very active and I’ve got 12 grandchildren to set the example for. Snow boarding, rock climbing, mountain trail adventuring, building my retirement ranch. I’m not old enough for the rocking chair on the porch and watch the world go by...”

“(8/7/23) There are a lot of things that keep me inspired after surgery. I have friends and family encouraging me to take it one day at a time. Im able to reflect on my life and remember the activities, the love and joy of continuing my journey. I love my life. I am able to travel and teach young men. My life inspires me and seeing my friends and family moving forward with obstacles is a joy. As my mom would say, “this too shall pass”. I also have 3 fur babies that count on me everyday. Things could always be worse and someone out there has it harder than me. Im grateful for life and mobility.”

“(8/7/23) As I enter my second week post surgery, the fact that it is summer is motivating. I look out the window and see people walking, riding bikes, and simply enjoying the weather. Those sites are motivating me because I too want to be outside walking and enjoying summer. Upcoming family gatherings are also motivating me to work hard so that I can attend these events and be comfortable with my mobility.”

“(8/7/23) I am so excited to see my full recovery after the amazing procedure, the Dr. * performed in my left knee. At this time 2 weeks after surgery, I feel to confident about the results, @ this time for sure I know that with the good care of my wonderful wife I will be in full recovery pretty soon , my God first. Also, I am so confident in the exercise tutorial doctor send me to perform in my house.
Patience and step by step is the form to achieve full recovery soon. ”

“(8/5/23) What inspires me to persevere is to be able o participate in activities I haven’t been able to do in a long time. I. E . Grocery shopping, participating in activities with friends, being able to perform household duties again, etc.”

“(8/5/23) I am inspired by the people at physical therapy who are amazed by the level of progress I’m making. It’s been less than two weeks since my surgery and other knee replacement surgery patients there can’t believe the motion I have in my knee. There’s one particular patient who is 8 weeks post opp and is 6 years younger than me who cannot put weight on his knee. I am doing incline squats without any problems and he is complaining to the techs that he should be able to do the same. We have therapy at the same day and time and he asks me every morning if I have started complaining yet. He’s supposed to get his other knee replaced and asked me for my surgeon’s contact information. Other than the bruises on my thigh, hamstring and calve there’s no problems.”

“(8/5/23) Future golf dates
No more pain
Getting work done on the farm.”

“(7/31/23) 1. My motivation is to continue on with my passion to do photography and video. I’m an independent contractor . I don’t like what I’m doing. I love what I do. It brings joy, happiness to people who look at my work who studies my work. That’s great satisfaction to me.

2. I have that deep dry within side of me to always strive to do the very best at everything that I participate in life. And if there’s anyway that I can improve on myself then I should be able to do that with the help of myself, and with the help of others. I will be the best that I can possibly be.

3. To enjoy my life to its fullest. Whether it is spending quality time with family or friends are to travel around the world, always seeking for knowledge, and to enjoy the life itself.

Thank you very much for your help. Improving on my quality of life to everyone of you who works at that hospital or who is connected to the hospital. And thank you very much for asking me for my participation in this program.
”

“(7/30/23) I am working hard to meet my goals and be on track with recovery. The text messages encourage me and I also have a surgery buddy!”

“(7/29/23) Why would you go through the pain of a replacement and not follow through on the PT. Every day gets better that’s why I am scheduled for the next knee after 8 weeks. I am determined to hike and ski without pain. The U of U Orthopedic center and staff are tremendous. Thank you.”

“(7/29/23) After suffering from debilitating pain for 18 months, I had my hip replacement surgery on July 14, 2023. After talking with a lot of people that had gone through this surgery and reading lots and lots of articles about the recovery, I was looking forward to my new and improved hip.
After I got to my room ( after being in the recovery room for a couple of hours ) I already felt like a million bucks. I was ready to rock ‘n roll. Needless to say, the nurse didn’t quite let me. First time I went to the washroom I got wheeled on the commode. The afternoon already looked a lot different. I had a standby nurse, but I WALKED ( with a walker ). By the time the night nurse took over, I walked all by myself ( with the walker ). It was amazing how quickly I recovered. I realize that everyone heals at a different speed. But I can tell you... hip surgery is a surgery where you almost instantly feel the pain reduction.
It is important to do your exercises as soon as the doc is giving you a green light. You need to move your hip to keep it loose and flexible. And let me tell you, it will get better every single day.
If you get frustrated or lose your ambition because of healing pain... don’t. Keep going. Ask for pain medication as needed. Personally I am not a fan of opioid medication. But I used it ( sparingly ) and the ice pack became my best friend.
Read the surgeon’s daily message. It will answer all of your questions. And if not, just give the office a call and they will be able to help.

Happy recovery....”

“(7/29/23) What keeps me motivated after hip replacement surgery, is realizing that the work I put in today with my exercises directly affects my mobility even one day from now.”

“(7/27/23) My inspiration for recovery is to get back to the life I had, prior to my hips developing osteoarthritis. My life with my family has been so limited over the past 5 years, and my family is truly my inspiration to recover! Since my osteoarthritis developed, I can’t play with my grandkids, I can’t walk with them to the park and it’s even difficult to swim with them, due to the pain. Once I made the decision to have my surgeries, I’ve been pushing myself daily to get my strength back and my “old life back”. My husband has been by my side, helping me when needed and truly cheering my on to my success. Even the smallest victories, he’s been there to cheer me on, telling me how proud of me he is, and consistently tells me that I can do this! It’s one day at a time, a marathon to the end and I will get there! I’m 1/3 of the way through my first hip replacement and I already am seeing the progress I’ve made, with all of the hard work I’ve put in. ”

“(7/26/23) I worked hard before my hip replacement to keep my muscles strong . After my replacement I had absolutely no pain and therefore was able to walk and do all my exercises! I healed quickly and at 4 weeks I was already walking 4 km a day and all at one time. I believe in exercise as I want to get back golfing and kayaking and swimming and playing that fun game
called Pickleball…lol
I waited 2 yrs for my replacement and I feel that I have been given a new lease on life and I am going to enjoy every moment!
I am 71 years young!
Stay motivated and keep moving!!”

“(7/25/23) I’ve been dealing with hip pain for awhile now. But, in December my first grandchild will be getting married, I’d like to be able to dance with him (pain free). It’s a slow journey and I’m truly learning the meaning of patience! Between the exercises, walking and daily messages,I know I’ll reach my goal!!”

“(7/23/23) As I work at rehabilitating my knee, I continue to diligently perform my exercises sent to me so that I can resume life’s pleasures like:
Walking down the mountain lane and enjoying the wildlife.
Going on vacations as we walk and tour the landscape and what other adventures await us.
I love the ability to climb back into our side-x-side and ride the trails without the pain of a jostled knee.
I see the progress day by day as I can stand in the kitchen and prepare delicious meals to share with family and friends.
It’s so nice to go into the grocery store and walk the isles instead of riding the motorized cart.
I am not dreading going up and down the stairs as they progressively get easier and easier each day.
Most of all . . . each day the pain is slowly going away and I look forward to wondering which knee I just had replaced 😀”

“(7/23/23) I am inspired to work hard through my recovery so that I can go back to enjoying hiking, biking, and vacationing with my family and friends. Most of our vacations involve either hiking to see beautiful sights or a lot of walking around a city, museum, etc. My enjoyment of these has decreased as my arthritis pain increased—and there is a lot of traveling I would like to do!”

“(7/23/23) My inspiration is to move freely and without pain. Health and well-being inspire me to go on, as well as I promised myself a hike through the Dolomites when I am healed.”

“(7/22/23) We got our current fur baby just before COVID. I was already suffering knee pain in both knees, but it was bearable. He loves walks and car rides. He had such big smiles when we said words walk and car. In the meantime my knee pain got worse making it very difficult to walk him. Now-a-days he’s a little sad probably wondering why the walks stopped. My inspiration is to see my pup’s eyes light up again when we take our stroll around the neighborhood. He’ll be happy and I’ll work on losing some weight.”

“(7/19/23) Some days are harder than others to stay motivated. At first I was going to recover faster and better than others had. However I was soon humbled by my body. Major surgery is far more complicated than I had planned on. But each day I plan on doing one thing that I struggle with. It helps because I see improvement each day. Some days are better than others but if I stay focused I will eventually be closer to my goal.”

“(7/19/23) My husband and I are trying to visit as many national parks as possible, 37 so far. My knees were starting to limit what we could do so I decided to get them fixed.
I’m 4 weeks post surgery and have scheduled my other knee for October because I know I can do this again. When I feel like blowing off my exercises I just think about what’s at stake. I want to continue to be able to take long walks in beautiful places.”

“(7/19/23) The biggest motivation for my knee replacement surgery and recovery has been to improve my quality of life. As a former college tennis player and athlete the past decade with a bad knee prevented me from being active. I am excited to think about doing everything I missed. Especially, doing things with my wife and regaining an active lifestyle. It’s an exciting time. I’m focused now on the exercises, icing and flexibility training so I can maximize my recovery. It’s isn’t easy but the rewards are in sight. Day at a time has become my motto.”

“(7/18/23) The reason I decided to get my TKR was to allow me to be more active in my 70s, 80s and beyond. Everything I’ve read and everyone I spoke with before my surgery told me that after the skill of your surgeon, the next most important thing to a successful outcome is diligently following your rehab protocols. I intend to keep doing so.”

“(7/18/23) My motivation is to be able to get up Misery Ridge again.”

“(7/17/23) It’s been 2 weeks since my TKR on my left leg. I woke up and stood up next to my walker. I stood straight up before I even touched my walker. Yes! My leg is healing!
I’ve been able to cut down on my pain meds. also.
The first 2 days after surgery, I felt like my life was over. I could walk well enough to make it to the bathroom though.
6.5 days after surgery, I had more feeling in my left thigh and rump cheek.
I have kept up with the exercises.
I’ve got a long way to go, and I’ll get the right knee replaced also. I am so pleased with this surgery. I was scared at first, but I couldn’t handle the bone on bone any longer. Recovering may seem a bit difficult at times, but I don’t let those feelings, physically or mentally, bother me. The results of this surgery shocked me. It’s going to be good.”

“(7/16/23) My left knee did so well that I did the right knee 3 months apart. I want to be able to ride a bike, be able to not get tired on my cruise shore excursions and just feel healthy again!”

“(7/14/23) After the first couple of days, I’ve been amazed at what I’ve been able to do. I was much further along at my very first PT appt the day after surgery, than I was with either of my miniscus scope surgeries. I was able to lift my straight leg without any pain. In the past, my muscles took time to fire back up! ”

“(7/14/23) This is my second knee surgery and I learned the last time that you have to participate in your recovery. If you don’t do your exercises, it takes longer for the pain to go away. Counter-intuitive, if you ask me. Anyway, the theory has been working. If I do my exercises every day, every day is easier. If I skip a day, the next day is harder. Every day I have to talk myself into exercising but knowing that things will be even easier if I don’t skip a day helps me to get up and go.”

“(7/12/23) Working hard on exercises and therapy to get back to driving and regaining my independence.
Then vanity kicks in!
I’ll be looking so much better
walking upright, and not limping.”

“(7/11/23) What inspires me? To get home from the rehab facility for my husband and 2 dogs.”

“(7/11/23) Monitoring progress by tracking either walking steps distance or time. Did I improve since last week? Did I make the dog happy? Did I smell dirt? All is good even if small improvements happen!”

“(7/10/23) I keep pushing for a successful outcome with my left TKR because I have the right to do also. I want to be able to fully participate in all of my grandson’s high school sports and graduation activities.
The knee pain affecting every aspect of my life and I’m ready to break free of its hold in me!!!!🤓”

“(7/10/23) I am trying to keep working so that I can get to work on my yard which is full of weeds and the hedges are very overgrown.”

“(7/10/23) This isn’t my first joint replacement. I find that having motivators and long term goals helps me stay on track with the exercises. Motivators are the doctor in recovery who told me my range of motion was really good, my therapist who gives me positive feedback and my husband who encourages me every step of the way.
We love to travel, having serious arthritis has slowed me down. We are going to Egypt in April and I know that I will have to work hard to be strong enough to enjoy the adventure.”

“(7/9/23) I had my left knee replaced ten years ago. It was the best decision I made at that time. My right knee was just replaced two weeks ago. Sure it hurts, but I know it will get better. I am looking forward to moving around better and taking my dog for a walk. Things get better everyday.”

“(7/9/23) The last 5 years for me have extremely debilitating. Not being able to enjoy the simple things such as walking with my wife or hiking with my dogs or simply being able to mingle with my coworkers.
The first part of the recovery is rough but I see and feel the light at the end of the tunnel.”

“(7/9/23) I’m glad I had my second knee replacement 11 weeks apart. All of the exercises were fresh in my mind, and I was able to jump right back in. I go above and beyond outpatient
PT, with diligent exercising and walking at home. It’s exhausting, and a lot of work, but it pays off.

This time, during my first outpatient PT session 5 days post op, my flex was 88-90 and my straight leg was 0. My physical therapist was training a student and after the measurements he told him, “This rarely happens.” My measurement for the other knee was 138. He said there are people who have never had surgery who can’t bend it that much. Kudos to Dr. *, his staff, and his daily encouragement through these Texts. KCOI can’t be beat for their dedication to orthopedic surgery, with their amazing nurses, and in house physical therapist.

7 weeks after my 1st knee replacement, I was climbing the steps of the four story townhouse that I rented for vacation. 33 steps each time I forgot something was great PT. 8 weeks after my 2nd one, I will be hitting the road for another vacation. It really helps to set goals. ”

“(7/4/23) I’ve had both hips and knees replaced and three spinal fusions (I had an extremely adventurous youth!)
Experience has taught me that by this time next year, this recovery time will seem insignificant, and I’ll be hiking and playing without pain.
Already, not two weeks out, the pain I am experiencing now is different: the pain now is HEALING pain…not the deep, grinding, miserable pain of a body part failing.
I am so grateful to live in a time where failed joints can be replaced and I can look forward to more years of an active life.”

“(7/4/23) My goal in undergoing knee replacement was to be able to walk properly again and to have an improved quality of life! As I now begin my fifth week after surgery I believe those goals will become a reality!

At times, recovery has been challenging with the swelling and pain, but I know now that if you consistently put in the work with physical therapy there will be significant improvement! It is however, a gradual process of recovery, but little by little things will improve and get better!

I found the text messages from Dr. * very helpful and supportive as they constantly reminded me that the recovery process takes time and that the things I was experiencing were a normal part of the process!

I guess it all comes down to what my physical therapist told me “that my recovery will be a good as I make it”.”

“(7/2/23) When someone starts to think oh you can’t do that . It gives me more inspiration to try harder . Also my sweet grandsons face. I’m not a quitter I keep pushing on. I have great PT that is also good inspiration . I found a couple people on the knee replacement group we hold each other accountable that’s a blessing.”

“(7/2/23) I had to quit riding my mnt. bike 12 yrs ago. Can’t play on floor with grandchildren. With this surgery, I am doing all exercises and heeding all tips from my doctor and my physical therapist. I want to have more mobility. I still work and I am busy. Want to feel good and be more active than maybe some seniors.”

“(7/2/23) What inspires me is getting back how little pain there was after surgery & to be able to get up and movingThe hardest part was getting in bed at night because it sits high. able to go off the pain meds within a week post-op having mobility back and found the text messages reassuring. Hoping to have the right hip done before winter.”

“(7/1/23) I want my life back! That’s what inspires me! I have had more than 4 years of limping and hip pain, one failed hip decompression from another orthopedics….and now a hip replacement from Dr.*. My recovery is slower than I would like, but I have to keep in mind the journey to get here and take
It one day at a time. I look
Forward to the day I truly feel like myself again.”

“(7/1/23) What motivates me to work hard after surgery is so I can enjoy all the things in life that I did three years ago. Pain free. To be part of a group that I was being excluded from because of my lack of mobility.”

“(6/30/23) My Inspiration for recovery. My family is my inspiration to recover. When I fractured my right patella is stopped my life as far as mobility to live a normal life. I couldn’t play with my grandkids any more. I would jump on trampoline with them. Rude bikes. Hoover boards.. It was depressing. I’m going to push myself to the the fullest to get my normal life back. I haven’t been able to run in 5 years. I won’t stop until then. I love the out doors. And my Grandkids are my world. They are the goal I’m pushing for A active life.”

“(6/30/23) The strength of my family really motivates me to keep pushing harder to get through this situation. They have been by my side from day one helping me along the way with their encouragements and anything that I need help with and always telling me I can do this.”

“(6/28/23) Maintaining my recovery and following my surgeons instructions resulted in my ability to successfully participate in a home physical therapy program where my PT communicates through MyChart, email and text. Moving around as much as possible beginning the day of surgery, and continuing helped me stay positive and take little breaks between elevating and icing.”

“(6/28/23) At this point in my recovery, I continue to push myself to do better at Physical Therapy. Each day as I come to therapy at West TN Bone and Joint, I think back to my previous measurements. I push myself to to do better….even by 1°. Everyone here is so helpful which makes it easier. Thanks to everyone!”

“(6/27/23) My my health before the surgery I was in constant pain from osteoarthritis and hip dysplasia. I basically have to learn to walk normal all over again! I am determined to work on the exercises and do some stairs and in a month be able to walk around a couple of blocks! No marathons yet! 😂 I continue to work with pt. I am determined to learn to exercise properly and maintain a healthy lifestyle.”

“(6/26/23) It was a bit rough the 1st week. Sleeping was hard some nights. But each day gets better. As of today, I only use my cane which is a big accomplishment. Last night was the best sleep since my surgery . Getting easier to get around also keep up with my exercises Patience is a virtue. 😀”

“(6/26/23) I am looking forward to playing pickleball, golfing and yoga with less pain than I had before. The daily efforts I make will get me there sooner!”

“(6/24/23) My reason to work hard to get better is travel with my husband. We are traveling the world and I need to be pain free and strong.”

“(6/24/23) I keep going because my 6 year old grandson and only grandchild who lives in ND talks to me on the phone and says “grandma when you come to visit you can run and run with me now that you have a “transformer” knee and you can do all the transformer tricks and stuff” while not a transformer nor will I be running anytime soon, when I get down or discouraged I hear that little boy’s sweet voice say proudly I can run with him and do lots of playing I couldn’t do before. I then get very motivated because I want to very soon see my grandson and do my “transformer” tricks for him. Who could let a little boy down now that I have at least “a new knee” see all you knee replacement people in the gym soon!”

“(6/20/23) While the beginning of recovery feels slow. I focus on tiny, weekly progress that I make. Patience is key. I also have the benefit of already having one knee replaced and it is so amazing to be able to engage in physical activities with no pain! That keeps me going.”

“(6/20/23) One of the hardest things about this recovery is the initial absolute total dependability on my wife. Without her I would have had to go to rehab. I was never so unable to care for myself. After the first 7-10 days I was improving on my stability but my stamina was severely taking a beating. However, I hate sitting on my butt and I had to get moving better so I stuck to the PT exercises and was always careful how I moved about the house. Watching every step. All of the extra hand bars, toilet support and the shower seat were a tremendous help. I absolutely needed them. I wanted to get back to being a productive partner for my wife and to be able to enjoy my grandchildren and family. Keep moving about even for just a few steps. Bend your knee and stretch it flat. If you are careful the pain isn’t awful. If you go too fast the pain will carry through the next day or so. So slow and steady wins the race for sure. Incrementally more each day and if you are exhausted stop and rest. The ice bucket circulator was amazing. I used it every time I sat down on the couch. I never really had much swelling. I have experiencing more swelling lately as my walking has greatly increased. I find lawn areas to be much more forgiving than roads or stores. I in fact have a power chair that I use for longer trips. That chair has been a very important part of my success thus far as it has allowed me to be able to participate in family functions. Graduations and the like. All in all a very challenging recovery but with the help of Dr *’s recovery texts, PT folks, my tremendous wife I am progressing rather well. The reality that this will take more time than I initially desired, I am getting better with far less pain than I was experiencing prior to the surgery. Now for my other knee so that I can get back to unaided moving about.”

“(6/19/23) Surgery is never an easy decision, when it is yours to make. But, when you do have the ability to decided on surgery to improve your life substantially, it’s an easy decision!
How to get through it on a day to day basis after the surgery is when you need the focus on the outcome, picture it everyday. Something you couldn’t but do before that you will be able to do after you fully recover.
It starts with small steps daily and you have to celebrate those small steps!
Positive affirmations posted around you will renew your commitment to your goal.
Some days will be harder than others, but remember you pictured desired outcome and it will full you with hope and focus!

That’s how I have gotten through 1 knee replacement and now working on getting through the second knee replacement!”

“(6/19/23) Greetings, my inspiration arose when I knew of my goals. What I wanted to achieve and get back to my prior lifestyle. Each day while performing my exercises, I played uplifting music, and used a timer. Sometimes some music would inspire at great length, and have you concentrating on the strength that you knew you were moving towards. And after each set have signs that says you got this.”

“(6/19/23) I want to be able to do the things I used to do and be independent. ”

“(6/18/23) I have appreciated the positive messages, as the mental challenge is key to overcoming the physical challenge to full recovery. Also, I want all of my children to see me living a life of intentional good health. In a world where we see so much harm, it’s nice see positive affects
by medical professionals who’s lives are dedicated to alleviating suffering and pain. With one knee on the mend I now have HOPE that I can enjoy more activities with my children this side of heaven. Yesterday I struggled to rest my knee, (but I’m slowly getting there) while spending time with my son’s watching “Guardians of the Galaxy”. 😀 ✨💝👳. So thanks for that!!”

“(6/18/23) What inspires me to keep working hard after surgery is wanting to get back to doing all the things I love, like gardening, bicycling and traveling! I was in so much pain before surgery, my quality of life was severely impacted. And while the surgery is painful, it’s temporary as long as I do my exercises and work on my recovery! And I definitely don’t want pain anymore. Friends and family have also inspired me.”

“(6/15/23) Good afternoon. My gratitude for having a wonderful surgeon and post op care . I was released from hospital 26 hours after surgery and can honestly say I have not been overwhelmed with pain. I have been very crippled (psoriatic arthritis )..for 3 years plus and had a 20 degree bend at the kne before surgery. I was at the physio yesterday and with some stretching went from 10 degree to 5 degree. I was told at my pre op by the physio my leg would probably never be straight because of the muscle atrophy . I am working every day exercising my new knee and leg so that I can prove her wrong . I have very little bruising or swelling and can’ t believe that I am looking forward to having the other knee done as soon as possible.
Also the daily messages have been very informative and helpful . Not sure how much longer I will be getting messages from the robot but they have been very h”

“(6/15/23) I am making tremendous progress after my hip replacement 2 weeks ago. Pain free, mild pain /stiffness at the surgical site. Walking without difficulty. My main inspiration is to get back to playing, golf, tennis, swimming, biking, & weight training better than before due to improved flexibility, less discomfort & knowing that I have a brand new hip. New is better than old.”

“(6/14/23) What inspires me to keep working hard after surgery is to incorporate exercise through out the day. For example: While using a cold pack on my knee, elevated and supported only by my heel, the weight of the cold pack helps me into more extension. This is a great time to do quad sets. Also while sitting, I bend my knee into a comfortable stretch I then take 5 deep relaxing breaths then release. I repeat this over and over as long as I’m sitting. In the morning while waiting for the coffee maker, I hold onto the counter and do my toe raises and calf stretches.

Recovery is longer and harder than anyone expects. Keep track of small victories like the first time you were able to peddle on a stationary bike or walk unaided. This always helps remind me that I am making progress. I have to keep reminding myself that healing takes time and that there will be set backs. Being tired of the long hall is normal. So dividing up my exercises is one way to make it so much more manageable.”

“(6/14/23) Seeing people out and about walking, running and biking in my neighborhood spurs me on. I can’t wait to again be among the active people out there enjoying fresh air while getting exercise.”

“(6/13/23) Getting these daily updates is like having someone watching, I cannot believe how almost accurate they are on my recovery timeline.”

“(6/12/23) After my knee replacement surgery I keep thinking that someday soon I will be able to take a long walk and not hurt.”

“(6/12/23) I’d been in pain and could barely walk for 10 good yrs. Then I HAD to have surgery. I took it as a second chance. What motives me? I want to walk right,dance with my wife again,play with my grand kids. I never want to limp again,ever. I want my independence back. Yes, it’s hard work and dedication. Anything worth having is worth fighting for. But you CAN do this!! And you WILL be better.”

“(6/11/23) I’d been in pain and could barely walk for 10 good yrs. Then I HAD to have surgery. I took it as a second chance. What motives me? I want to walk right,dance with my wife again,play with my grand kids. I never want to limp again,ever. I want my independence back. Yes, it’s hard work and dedication. Anything worth having is worth fighting for. But you CAN do this!! And you WILL be better.”

“(6/11/23) I am so excited that the hip pain i have had for years is gone, yes there is burning and stinging and healing of the cutting, but keeping in mind that if I follow my exercises and do as told I can again enjoy things without pain.”

“(6/9/23) I think progress is my greatest motivation at this point in my recovery journey. I am doing all the exercises and following all the advice from the booklet. I’m sure they have been tried and tested though numerous patients. Everyday I can note something is improving and there are things I can do that I couldn’t do before surgery even in the early days of my recovery. Here’s hoping for no setbacks!”

“(6/9/23) Staying motivated with a positive attitude is important for healing.
Follow directions and do the therapy and exercises. Your hard work will pay off in the end. The minimal discomfort is definitely doable.
Slow progress is still progress!”

“(6/9/23) I am a 72 year old grandmother who was urged by her nurse daughter to get the surgery as soon as possible.

At two weeks, I am shocked at how well I am doing.

I quit the “Hard Drugs” at 3 days, mowed my yard at 6 days and tossed my cane away at two weeks.

Other than a little numbness and maybe an ache here and there I’m doing great.

My PT people say I’m performing quite remarkable.

I’m truly happy that I decided not to wait.

Nana’s Back!”

“(6/7/23) What has inspired me post surgery? I believe seeing results right away inspired me the most. I had no more arthritic pain from a worn out knee. The pain I had was different of course, but it was pain to get to healing to be 100% myself! I have been inspired by my wonderful PT team as they push me to to go further each time I come in and I do go farther! There is also a team there from the front of the main building that checks on me weekly and I appreciate it tremendously. I never felt nervous about my total knee replacement as Dr * came so highly recommended to me. So, thank you! You all have made this transition time so much easier and I am happy just 2 weeks out.”

“(6/7/23) I am an avid gardener and as I drink my coffee on the porch every morning, I long to get back into my garden, tend to my tortoises, and walk my dog the 3 miles we used to do each morning.

I am so thankful for Dr * and his staff who have made this experience so positive.

My best advice is to ice, ice, ice, and get up and move. Every day will be a little better. ”

“(6/6/23) This text message system you provide is amazingly encouraging, validating, informational and so helpful to my period f preparation for… knee replacement surgery and post … recovery ❤️‍🩹

In July 2021 , I had my other knee replaced & did not have the benefit of this service.
The Doubts and anxiety I experienced.. pre and post surgery was:
“ Am I doing this right ? Do I do this today or tomorrow ? Is this normal or a concern so I should call my surgeons office ? Or go to Emerg? How am I doing in my progress ?
What if I don’t successfully recovery?
Will I have need to have a revision done ?“

Your text service answered all of these questions …plus much more !

The daily information & progressive support thru your reliable trustworthy info …and
kept me on track and I looked forward to the next update . Alleviating my concerns & validating & encouraging my progress.”

“(6/6/23) I would like to get back to doing the things that I am used of doing like walking,, riding my bike with all the paddings, I do sewing which has a lot of standing and sitting (up and down) and getting to do gardening of vegetables and plants. I now walk around the yard some without the cane! Get in my truck without having help to get in it. Hope to be able to drive soon, as soon as I can.”

“(6/5/23) I am inspired by my family. After I am healed and able I am moving to Kentucky to live with my daughter and fiancee. They have so many exciting things planned for me to do that I am doing my best to make sure I do every thing right. Just keep plugging along and it will all come together. ❤”

“(6/5/23) I had the surgery so I could do the things I like to do again. Walking my dog always gave me pleasure; I was no longer able to do that comfortably. Also, going up & down steps was difficult. A week and a half after surgery I am able to do steps easily. This progress encourages me to work harder to recouperate as I see what is possible.”

“(6/5/23) I was very apprehensible about this surgery but with the help from a friend that had it about a year before, this gave me the strength to get it done. I doubted myself after a few days from surgery but with progress being made each day - it gave me the strength to push forward. Even today - one month later - progress is still being made and with the continued messaging from Dr * and rehab - I know that this surgery needed to happen and I will be much better with no knee pain. So glad that I did it and am looking forward to getting my other knee done. Thanks for improving my life.”

“(6/4/23) Living alone, with three pets, I need to stay motivated to walk the dog, feed all of them etc. I also LOVE gardening so keeping my garden pretty, fed and watered. Having my office 10 stairs up in my loft keeps me up and down then multiple times a day as well. :).
So excited to get back to hold and yoga are a top priority Number 1 as well! :).”

“(6/3/23) The messages I receive from auto text from Dr. *’s office. Daily inspiration and answer questions I have. ”

“(6/23/23) This is my second time around. Both times I felt like it wasn’t going to be so painful. Both times, I was so wrong! All I can say is after 2 weeks, things calm down a lot and by doing the exercises and walking, even though it hurts, I was happier with the results. So hang in there for the first 2 weeks.”

“(6/3/23) I came the the realization that I couldn’t live with pain of bone on bone knee condition. I opted to have knee surgery to have a pain free joint. The recovery post surgery is a challenge. I have been doing the physical therapy and I have met my goals. I am improving gradually and I am looking forward to a full recovery.”

“(6/3/23) I love being active! Keeping up with nieces, nephews, and all of our grand babies, as well as getting back to Pilates classes three or four times a week inspire me to work hard to excel at recovering! This surgery is a revision of a replacement, and thanks to Dr. *’s great work, I see a light at the end of what’s been a long and painful 26 months since the initial failed implant.”

“(6/2/23) I found that by doing my exercises every day as well as doing things without my walker gave me more flexibility and confidence after my knee surgery. Some of the exercises were hard to do at first but I just kept telling myself that I needed to think positive every day. Thanks to my doctor I am able to get into bed myself and don’t need the help from my husband. After 5 weeks from my surgery I have gotten up to 90% of bending my knee. I feel proud of how well I’m doing and I’m sure it will keep going to 100%. ”

“(6/1/23) What inspires me is knowing the end result is going to be so worth it! Exercises are not always easy, but keep at it as best you can and push yourself one more daily. We will walk normal and feel normal again soon!”

“(6/1/23) I want to take my grandkids to Disney!”

“(6/1/23) My motivation is fear of my new surgical left knee ending up like my other knee which pains all the time.”

“(5/29/23) I put off surgery for a couple of years because I could do most active things without pain but I made the choice to move forward with it because quality of life is a huge factor for me. I’m 74 years old and was an active person hiking a lot and walking 3-4 miles 4-6 days a week. I want to get back to that active life again without pain, that’s what is driving me now post surgery. While I’m stiff and sore now each day gets a little better and I can see that active life again in the not too distant future.”

“(5/29/23) I am into my 2 nd week of hip recovery. I look forward to walking the dog again and driving my manual car. I realize it may take awhile but am trying to do all exercises that are helpful. Streams helped me.”

“(5/28/23) I am enjoying the freedom from severe pain for the first time in many years. I am waiting for the second replacement in 3 months and starting to feel optimistic about my future ability to enjoy the life I have been watching from the sidelines for so long.
I am thankful for my friends and medical staff who have helped me along this journey. My mobility is increasing day by day.
Thankyou from the bottom of my heart.”

“(5/28/23) It is now two weeks since my surgery. I believe my progress is going very well.
I look forward to getting back to playing golf 3 times a week. Can’t wait to my first golf game.
Thank you Doctor and your staff.”

“(5/28/23) Exercise helps mend and strengthen the body after surgery. Must remember to do little by little and not strain the limb. Exercise is crucial for the body to get back to normal functioning. This takes patience and persistence. I have heard of people who after a short period of time decided not to exercise because they didn’t see a difference and now are wheelchair bound. I want to help my body as best as I can by following the orders of my doctor and physiotherapist. This is my second surgery. My first was a hip replacement. I exercised for a year after and then had a knee replacement. I want to be as best as I can at age 71.”

“(5/28/23) 1) Daily improvement in movement and reductions in pain. 2) goal to travel and celebrate a family wedding in a couple weeks.”

“(5/28/23) I don’t have a story to tell really. I had my partial replacement 11 days ago Everyday I’m a little stronger. Some days I have less pain . I love going to therapy. The cheering section gets me through each session and I am proud of myself when I leave there. I am most appreciative of the care my husband has given me and the daily texts from the * team are AMAZING! Some days it’s like they are almost reading my mind.”

“(5/28/23) After surgery I saw a light at the end of the tunnel- before I saw it only getting worse.”

“(5/28/23) On day 10 of my 2nd hip replacement having had 2 shoulder surgeries. Taking extra care well in advance to succeed at home in recovery is valuable. Setting the stage. I have always been very active walking practicing yoga twice weekly and strength classes. This is a part of my lifestyle driving me to recovery. I want my time on earth to provide quality of life
Gratitude attitude ”

“(5/26/23) What makes me want to keep working hard is I have a spice that will help and encourage me.
See my progress on equipment at PT helps me keep going.
However, mentally sometimes the pain is worse and being afraid to use pain medication then having to use it two or three times is troubling!
Had my 4 week evaluation and the measurements were not what PT and I thought it would be so that was so upsetting! Then all the PT he did to make it more has left me in so much pain. I’ve had to ask for pain medicine cause I’m almost out and I have two more weeks of PT at 3 days a week. He said he was going to send note to Dr *. I only use one pain pill before PT and one before my 45 minute workout of what exercise Dr * has sent me. I am working hard at home except yesterday and today! The pain is pretty bad.
So when I try all my home PT today it HURTS.
I am an athlete and worked hard through college so I know I’m giving my all especially with Tim’s help. So now I feel I have regressed pain wise and I don’t want to have to work harder to get off pain medicine.
Now I am taking Ibuprofen 1000 mg and Tylenol 1000 but I’m struggling. Sorry for the long remark. I do feel I have had great PT and vigorous and my knee look wonderful! The pain from knee up side of knee to my hip and butt is bad and under knee is so thick feeling I feel like I’m not getting it not to hurt and feel thick!
Again I apologize for so much to say.”

“(5/26/23) Fear.🙃 I have had knee surgery before & I threw down a lot of scar tissue. Had to have manipulations. Little pain versus big pain. No choice there!
Also I want my freedom back. My right knee was replaced & I want to drive!!”

“(5/26/23) I absolutely LOVE the texts sent from Dr *s office. They make me feel like I have my surgeon checking in with me daily! They are all informative and have addressed so many questions I have. I also appreciate having a cheerleader in my corner. That alone makes me stay on track and aspire to being successful!”

“(5/24/23) My inspiration for recovering from surgery is being able to play with my grandchildren. I love getting down on the floor and playing with them!”

“(5/24/23) I am 5 weeks post op ….excercise twice a day… I am bending my knee at the moment at 105% … with perseverance and a lot of hard work I hope to be golfing by July! And able to enter and exit my camper with ease! So if you’re feeling defeated at times that’s normal. Just don’t let yourself get lost in that feeling. It’s only temporary! You will soon be walking normally again! I know this because this is my second knee replacement and I am pain free in the Right knee! and soon will be in the Left one!! Keep up the great work!”

“(5/24/23) My goal has always been to get back to a more active lifestyle and to be able to make new memories with my husband.

Everyday is different, but I wake up with the goal of doing something new two enhance my healing. It may be walking farther, it may be adding additional reps to my PT exercises, putting a pair of socks on by myself, or tying my shoes.

Through stiffness and some pain comes healing. Always keep your initial goal in mind and strive to push through for the end result. I take comfort knowing there are others who had surgery the same week as I did, and they are experiencing the same things.”

“(5/23/23) When pain dissipates a whole new you opens up. My outlook has improved greatly. I wish I hadn’t waited as long as I did. But, my personal situation said, now is the time. I was nervous, you bet. But the entire time from entering the doctor’s office the first time to leaving the surgical center to the follow up messenger service has been a wonderful experience.

If surgery is suggested, then go ahead. The nothing stopping it, but you.”

“(5/23/23) I am so motivated to work hard in my therapy to recover and rediscover all the things I have been unable to do since my hip pain began a year ago. I feel like I’ll be regaining part of my life that has been put on hold. It’s very exciting!”

“(5/22/23) My initial inspiration remains my primary motivation. I want to once again dance with my wife! Two years ago we two stepped and danced to beach music at any opportunity. A few weeks of intense workouts twice per day will be a small price to pay!
Tomorrow will be two weeks since the partial replacement. I’ve been encouraged by substantial progress since day 5, which was my most painful day.
Yesterday I progressed to step over step on m back deck. (17 steps).... a lot more painful going down than coming up! Can’t wait to get back to driving as well!”

“(5/22/23) The thought that I will be able to do most any physical thing that I could do before knee problem.”

“(5/21/23) I am inspired to work hard following my surgery for my wife. She has been my caregiver since the surgery and has probably had to work harder than me. She needs me to recover so she can get some rest.”

“(5/17/23) I keep walking stretching and find my knee getting stronger each day. ”

“(5/17/23) The things that helped motivate me in recovery from my total knee surgery are the animals on my daughter’s farm. My own motivation to be active, my great physical therapists when I was not sure what activities were appropriate.”

“(5/17/23) Today is my 12th post-op day, meaning after the BHR surgery.
BHR stands for a Birmingham Hip Resurfacing.
I’m impressed in a good way. I feel healing and improvement and reasons to see the brighter future.
I made up my mind rather fast this year: my first visit to one of the doctors was on April 4th, 2023 and I had my surgery on May 5th, 2023 with Dr * who was the second and final doctor I saw. During that month I did my research and felt that I still have energy in me to live actively and BHR done by the right surgeon is the way to go for me. I’m 53 BTW, of male gender.

That decision came after taking time to learn more about my hip repair options and watching multiple live surgeries on YouTube.
Overcoming fear was still part of the process, but it was not accepting unknown anymore. I had a pretty good idea what’s coming and that the level of intrusion in my body is going to be the highest I ever had, which still keeps me on a very cautious side of recovery. I am watching my pains, managing them with the proper meds and reasonable activities. But I know how much healing has to happen and I’m conservative with my recovering activities, like I never have been in my life. I know I can walk, even go up and down the stairs without walking aids, but I am not risking it and using walker and cane all the time. I have to heal as much as possible since my other side BHR surgery is in a month. I know now how much load my operated hip will take pretty soon and I want it to be ready for that with as little pain and possible as there will be plenty again on my other side.

Prior to that it was 4.5 years of knowing that this would happen eventually, yet taking the pains and extending the life of the OEM (in automotive business OEM stands for Original Equipment by Manufacturer) parts through restorative and other yogas, stretching and strengthening exercises, dieting,and taking supplements etc
It was livable, yet noticeably degrading and on the increasing scale. Worsening was was measured by year, than by 6 months, then by 2-3 months, then by a month... This year worsening of pain levels, ranges of motion, stiffness in the back and the lower body started to be noticed weekly, even daily.

I am seeing this pain taking as unnecessary now, but with benefits of getting stronger for the pre-op state (prior to surgery) and learning my own body pains, causes of different pains, pain tolerance and pain relieving methods and medications that work the best for me.

With this said I feel very content with the surgery results as of now, the post-op progress I am having is encouraging. After 10 days I am off opioid pain killers and just use Tylenol occasionally, mainly before going to bed for the night. The strength and range of motion in my operated hip, buttock and thigh are improving. Life is almost back to normal. I am still taking my time and living as a hospital patient, though. ”

“(5/16/23) My recovery.
I have been unable to be a part of the things I need to do, things I want to do, and family stuff for a while. So I decided to have knee replacement so I can.
What motivated me to the recovery I have been able to accomplish so far is. I have 2 older brothers who have had the same surgery. One has rehabilitated and does most things he wants to do. The other one had some set backs and has not rehabilitated very well. He can do very little.
I am determined by God’s grace to keep pushing forward so I can enjoy the things I want to do as well as the things I have to do. God has been good to me and I don’t want to let him down or my family.”

“(5/15/23) Spring is here and I’m ready to get outside to do my favorite things without pain. All I have to do is look outside and I want to be there walking, gardening and playing with my grandkids. Rain or shine I keep up my exercises, biking and walking so my goals will soon be met.”

“(5/15/23) I worked hard during recovery to get the best results I can. It was painful but each day I saw improvements. I really enjoyed the daily emails to keep me motivated. I also had an excellent surgeon!”

“(5/15/23) I’m sooo looking forward to having many more activity choices available for me🦵💪🚴‍♀️⛺️”

“(5/15/23) To get back on the golf course….couldn’t even walk ,without a walker….will be nice to get back to normal.”

“(5/15/23) I am two weeks out from my knee replacement and feeling really good!
Icing, elevation, deep breathing, nutritious food and lightly massaging my knee/leg all have contributed to how well I feel. Not to mention the wonderful care from Dr * and his team 🥰.

The first week was rough managing the pain and my anxiety. I had to rely on deep breathing and quiet meditation.
So grateful to have my new knee and looking forward to PT helping me get my bend back!”

“(5/14/23) The thing that inspires me the most throughout my knee replacement is my 2 boys. I been a single dad for 16yrs of my life. My boys are 13/17 and they are my heart. Just to be able after 10yrs+ with knee pain, I finally decided to get it done. Just to know I’ll finally be able to have fun with them in the yard is so, so amazing. Then, the ultimate of still taking care of my 80yr old mother as well. It’s a amazing feeling. Then, to top it off from all this. To have my fiancée who has heart problems and been taking care of me for 4.5yrs. I’ll be able to help her as well without pain. It just speaks volumes in my heart.”

“(5/14/23) I am old enough that my choices are 1) let this be the beginning of the end or 2) I can work hard to get full mobility and health back so that I can thrive for the next 15 to 20 years.
Sure, it is painful and hard but well worth it.
I want to travel more, walk on the beach, do whatever I want!
I want to be able to help others, not be the one needing the help.
Physical Therapy…here I come!!”

“(5/14/23) Throughout my life I have always enjoyed working hard, playing hard and taking calculated risks to reach my dreams.

Being unable to walk without excruciating pain from osteoarthritis,
no cartilage and bone spurs in my left hip brought my active life to a screeching hault and my limited mobility negatively impacted my ability to work, volunteer, travel, attend festivals and cultural events and visit friends and family members and even cook, bake and garden. My world became narrow, lonely and depressing.

I feel incredibly blessed to have been referred to Dr *. and his dedicated medical team at the Carrell Clinic. He fully explained the procedure and risks so I knew what to expect after surgery. He called me the night before surgery. He was both professional and kind to me the day of surgery and visited me at the hospital first thing the next morning to brief me on the surgery, give me his business card (something no physician in my 66 year life has ever done before.) He assisted me to use a QR Code to sign up on my mobile device with the latest technology to receive encouraging daily text messages and information relating to how the course of my recovery should be progressing. These text messages assured me that my recovery was progressing normally and answered questions I had.

In the 13 days since surgery so far, I have known precisely what the protocol for recovery was and what, specifically, I could do to optimize my medical outcome of anterior full hip replacement surgery. This “roadmap to rehabilitation and recovery” reassured me that I was hitting the milestones and that further encouraged me keep plugging away with daily PT, medication management and practices.”

“(5/14/23) I had a total knee replacement two weeks ago and I am feeling really good.
I am motivated to get my knee bending back to where I was pre-surgery so I can ride my bike, start hiking again and be more free to play with my grandchildren!
I feel vigorous icing, elevating and eating lots of protein and veggies has facilitated my recovery!”

“(5/14/23) What inspired me to work hard with my rehab after surgery is that I needed to get back to work as soon as I could.”

“(5/13/23) In order to have a good outcome doing what you are told and working hard hopefully will give me that desired result.”

“(5/13/23) Will to walk back right again and get stronger.”

“(5/13/23) Once I stopped the pain meds, which I did 5 days after surgery I felt much better. I probably did need them the first day or two but I had zero energy and they messed with my body and mind. I’m not quite a 2 weeks from surgery, still have small amount of pain but it’s different than what I had post surgery. Looking forward to being able to walk the 3 miles i normally walked each day. I enjoy working out so joined the Y and looking forward to retirement and going to the gym everyday instead of the office!!! Today I plan my first 1/2 mile walk!!”

“(5/10/23) My goal is to knock someone out with a head kick next year in Thailand!!!”

“(5/10/23) I am anxious to get on the golf course and be able to travel!”

“(5/10/23) My main goal is to get life back to normal as quickly but as safely as possible. I have 2 new grandkids and want to hang out with them as soon as I am able to get around. My main recommendation is to do your pre surgery exercises religiously as it will better prepare you for your physical therapy. Good luck!”

“(5/10/23) What inspires me I want to camp with family and golf without my knee hurting.”

“(5/9/23) I’ll travel the world from land to sea
With every step I take a brand new knee
My camera will be by my side
To take pictures of glorious sites with glee and pride

Paris, London and Barcelona I will go
Walking mountains high and valleys low
There will be many stairs of ups and downs
Because of seated heel slides I will not frown”

“(5/6/23) I want to be the best I can be to continue the activities I love. Camping, yard work, gardening, and woodworking are some of my favorite pastimes.”

“(5/6/23) Looking forward to keeping up with our 5 grandchildren - under 5 years old.”

“(5/4/23) I had a knee replacement 7 years ago ,and I have recently had the other knee replaced, and I know how very important it is to listen to the instructions… while it may be painful at times it will be worth it in the end … and when you start feeling better and walking normally with no pain it will put a smile on your face believe me!”

“(5/4/23) I am motivated to get back to work, go to church, play golf, work out and get out of the house to enjoy family and friends. Also plans to go to our lake house.”

“(5/3/23) My grandsons are my inspiration to improve each day, to be able to get on the floor and roll around with them, to play sports with them and in a few years to be able to hike and fish again and show them the outside world. It’s all worth it!”

“(5/3/23) It has 41/2 weeks since my surgery. In that small amount of time I can bend my knee back 122 degrees and lay it straight out. I have little pain. I suffer from swelling and pressure but sitting or laying I have no discomfort. I’m hoping that by six more weeks I will be close to normal and walking over a mile each day. PT makes all the difference. ”

“(5/3/23) Here are a few things that keep me moving forward to complete healing!
1. My faith in knowing that God has me in His healing hands. I pray daily that He will give me His strength when my muscles feels too weak to move.
”I can do all things through Christ, who strengthens me.”
Phil. 4:13
2. Filling my mind with positive thoughts and giving my body the rest it needs.
3. Dr *’s daily connection with encouragement and positive messages. I feel like he cares about my total wellbeing...mind, body and spirit!!”

“(5/2/23) What inspires me after having my hip surgery? With God all things are possible. I don’t give up, I don’t complain. I stay focus doing my daily tasks to get me through. Thank you”

“(5/2/23) The first week was tough. But then I started to see an improvement every day. So I just kept working harder and by the third week I felt much better. Just know that there is a light at the end of the tunnel. Hang in there!”

“(5/1/23) What inspires me is to be able to do things , be able to have a more back to normal life to play with my grandkids. Be able to go walk a 1-2 miles with out hurting.”

“(5/1/23) I have heard that TKR is the most painful surgical recovery process. And since I’ve had 3 other joint replacements to compare with - I think it’s true. But I really want to walk, bike, and travel again. I know from prior experience that my recovery is based on my work and determination after surgery.

Nothing worthwhile I’ve achieved so far in life came easy - it takes strong desire and patience to get results.
I found the regular texts from
Dr *’s office to be so helpful! And knowing that what I’m experiencing is totally normal - immediately reduced my anxiety.

My home physical therapist was a good teacher - and very reassuring that I was making great progress. She also made me feel ok when I struggled. I needed her reassurance along the early days.

So yeah - this is tough. But with all these methods to support me - I’ve learned that I’m way tougher than I knew. And that feels great!!”

“(5/1/23) I live an active lifestyle. The opportunity to maintain this lifestyle is my day to day motivation. Maintaining flexibility is where it all starts. Enjoy cardio, weightlifting, cycling and golf. My new knee will allow me to maintain this lifestyle. Rehab is so critical to the process.”

“(4/30/23) I am inspired by the entire team from Dr. *s practice. They are very knowledgeable and helpful. The reminders from the messages I receive are an encouragement to me. The fact that the pain will end if I do the things I have been doing . There is no need to have the surgery if you aren’t going to follow through with it.”

“(4/30/23) It’s only been two weeks and everything is going as planned. I’m looking forward to walking without any pain and without a walker or cane. My wife and I are traveling to Europe in eight weeks and I should be able to see all the sights. I just have to continue my exercise regiment to get stronger. Thanks doc. Cheers!”

“(4/29/23) While coming to the two week mark of my hip replacement I am still seeking some evidence of positive improvement. This doesn’t discount the joy of my successful bowel movement at day five or my discontinued use of the pain pills shortly thereafter.
I am working on the rehab exercises with determined enthusiasm as it must certainly lay within their use to lead me a better outcome than I have reached at present.”

“(4/29/23) My drive is to get back to my yoga class and into my kayak again.”

“(4/29/23) I have been retired 9 years and very active in my community overseeing a neighborhood center that I started attending when I was 7 years old. This year, the center celebrates 96 years on the same corner. I’m motivated to get back as board chairman to help guide this not for profit to 100 years and beyond.

Secondly, my mother, age 93 and very active had both knees replaced at age 80. She was up and driving at 8 weeks.”

“(4/26/23) After rehabbing my hip, my goal is to get back to being very active…play pickleball, water volleyball, biking and taking care of our lawn.”

“(4/26/23) Two and a half weeks after surgery, I was able to return to my gym for a light workout: a 10 minute slow walk on the treadmill, and some upper body strength exercises. At 18 days after surgery I will return to a private yoga class for a very gentle session.
My goal is to return to twice weekly yoga classes and also to distance swimming. My new hip already has a better range of motion than the old one. I stopped hydrocodone meds 5 days after surgery, and Tylenol 5 days after that. Ice has helped a lot with hip soreness.”

“(4/26/23) What inspired me to do what I needed to do, to recover properly was the fact that I love to travel, I love to work out and I want to wear my heels again. I did my exercises 2 to 3 times a day between Physical Therapy appointments. I was able to be finish with PT after only 5 weeks! I was over and beyond the expectations! For example, I could bend my knee 135 degrees! Trust the process and do your part.”

“(4/25/23) After much thought, the two biggest things ( not above the loving support of my beautiful wife and loving family) were 1- do the spinal block if at all possible with the nerve pain block post op and 2- skip the narcotics. Yes, there will be pain and swelling and yes you will have good days and bad. But my recovery has been so much better!!!! And lastly keep up on your PT and stay focused and positive. Everyone who needs this surgery do it! And focus on the positives not the negatives. 5 weeks out and I am going to be ready for summer.”

“(4/25/23) This journey was not blissful the first few days, but certainly bearable. Each week has brought encouraging progress. The many texts and videos from Dr *’s office are timely and often perfect for that very moment. I’ve joked and said, “It’s almost like they have gone through this before!!”

Following the recommended exercises for first two weeks while home will put you in a great position when you begin PT rehab. I have consistently been ahead of anticipated goal.”

“(4/25/23) To keep your attitude positive it is important to do your exercises every day.

These emails help keep me focused on getting stronger every day.

One thing that is very important is that you follow the seven day plan that you received at time of discharge.
It gets on the recovery path right away.
Also renting an ice machine makes the process to bring the swelling down works well.
Hope this information helps.
I am in my 5th week post surgery and very little pain. Take a couple Tylenol every day for comfort. ”

“(4/25/23) This program that Dr.* introduced is amazing. The texts kept me motivated and assured me that I was on target. He introduced the exercises needed to succeed. He continually encouraged me to not give up, even though it was the most painful surgery I endured. He called me when I needed assistance. Dr. * is an amazing surgeon and with this program has helped me succeed. I can do so much already that I could not do for years. I can use stairs again. Now going to intense PT so I can succeed at work. At only 5.5 weeks post op, my physiotherapist is in shock how great I am doing and what I have accomplished. It has also helped tremendously with my mental health.

I had 2 total hip replacements in 2019 by Dr. * and now the left knee replacement in 2023 The scars are barely noticeable and healed very fast.

I definitely recommend this amazing program.
”

“(4/24/23) This is my second knee replacement. I am a very active 75th year old. I go to watch my grandkids play baseball and softball. Swim in my pool . I early June, I am going on a two week trip to Italy!! That will mean a lot of walking on cobblestones. I must be at optimum condition!”

“(4/24/23) Keep your eye on the prize! A better life.”

“(4/24/23) I was inspired that after 3 1/2 weeks post op I found there were getting to be more 2 steps forward and 1 back in stead of 1 forward and 2 back days.
I also noticed the more I tried using my surgical arm for very normal things were slowly starting to get a little easier. Like flipping on a light witch without keeping my elbow tucked to my side or using my left arm to support getting my right one high enough to do it.
While not faithfully doing the exercises like I promised myself I would I do constantly try to use my surgical arm to do routine tasks like normal. Instead of keeping my arm tucked in by my side to brush my teeth I keep my elbow out and almost shoulder height. Every day having this feel a little easier; and I mean a little, it is a fulfilling feeling.”

“(4/22/23) The text messages and links have been so helpful!! They seem to arrive at just the perfect time.

Questionnaires, exercise links, goals and inspiration notes were also great.

Some of the best advice I received was that not every day forward would be a ‘good’ day. Sometimes you have a rough day and that’s normal too. But the bad days were less frequent with each week!

Thank you!”

“(4/22/23) I am inspired to keep working hard after surgery so that I can be active and ride my horses again. Each day is getting better!”

“(4/22/23) First of all, the pain from a “bad” hip was over. And while I had significant pain after surgery, I could tell it was a “ healing” pain and I knew it was temporary. After the first week, I began to rapidly improve with each passing day. Following the prescribed guidlines for recovery were critical and I was elated to finally sleep without pain. I am treating this new hip like Im learning to to walk again. I stretch a lot and do my exercises and I listen to my wonderful therapist! Im not a 100% yet, but I know its coming. ”

“(4/21/23) I want to be back on the pickleball court and work hard to win a medal at the US Open next year at this time!

I’m so looking forward to being able to take walks and run around with my Grandchildren again this summer!”

“(4/20/23) What motivates me to continue to work hard to improve my knee strength is riding my bike outside again. Also to engage in home improvement projects and spending more time outdoors.”

“(4/19/23) I envision myself walking in the Rocky Mountains. I want to walk for about one hour.
I want to thank God for my new hip in one of the most glorious places on earth to me.”

“(4/17/23) I underwent bilateral (both knees) knee replacement surgery on April 8th. I was sent to a Rehabilitation Hospital in Wheaton. What has kept me going these first days has been the supervision, compassion and support of the staff here.

When I go home in a few days I will have gained strength, balance and strategies that will allow me to continue to improve. ”

“(4/17/23) Exercises have helped tremendously. Stretch, flex, ice, elevate have all combined to make it work for me.”

“(4/17/23) What inspires me to keep working hard is that for long I lived with such horrible hip pain, and I am grateful to have had the opportunity to have my surgery and to be free from it!! I want to make sure that I do everything in my power to keep my new happy and healthy! I also want to be prepared for the next one!!”

“(4/17/23) I’m so looking forward to go for walks— with out my cane or walker!! Summer holidays & camping!!! Thankyou Thankyou - to all who have had a part in this- Dr - nurses & my husband!!!! ✝️😊”

“(4/15/23) I’m in charge of keeping my three year old grandson this summer and I would like to start playing golf again so my rehab inspiration is my grandson and golf, in that order.”

“(4/15/23) My inspiration is that I have to keep working to get my strength back. The workout is part of the operation. If I don’t continue to work, I will not be able to walk.”

“(4/15/23) The idea of not having to deal with the pain and issues prior to surgery keeps me motivated. Also my wife had a pretty successful Botero replacement on both knees, not that it’s a competition
;-)”

“(4/15/23) In response to requested info., what keeps me inspired to moving forward:

Chiefly, is the noticeable change in scope of movement and intensity of pain differentiation from the hip that’s been replaced to the one that hasn’t been. It makes the foreseeable future look much brighter! I can hardly wait to do more exercises & see more change.

Secondly, the issues that surface seem to be changing, so that makes me realize my body is also making the needed adjustments to accommodate the new equipment. Sleeping through the night & being off opioids within a week of surgery is great!! That is very encouraging!!”

“(4/14/23) I wanted the best knee replacement surgeon in town to do my knee.You have to help him out, by doing your part. You have to do the exercises as soon as you get home. I didn’t want to let my wife down. I wanted to get back to teaching my students tennis lessons. Just remember why you had the surgery in the first place.”

“(4/13/23) I decided to get this surgery because I enjoy dancing and going for walks. For the past 2 years I haven’t been able to do those things. My motivation is just to even improve 50% to be able to enjoy life again.”

“(4/13/23) I am a professional dancer and I am 2 weeks post op for hip replacement. I have danced since I was three and finally wore my hip out. I was off the walker and cane one week post op. I believe the key to recovering quickly after a knee or hip replacement is to be strong prior to surgery.
I exercised (danced and stretched) almost everyday prior to the operation. If I couldn’t stand up to exercise I would sit in a chair to keep my muscles strong and stretched. My quads and calves were strong. Yes, I had pain while I was exercising but I did what I could.
Dancing and teaching ballroom, Country, swing, Clogging, Ballet Barre, Line Dance, T’ai Chi and more are my passion. I cannot wait until I can be back in our studio to share my passion again!
I continue my PT everyday (on my own).Three times a day I do hip abductions (ballet), squeeze my glutes and engage my quads, (used in turning and spinning) butterflies (inner thigh) and walk.
Get strong before your surgery…do your exercises and stretch! You will be glad you did!”

“(4/12/23) My knee was bone on bone and was filled with arthritis. It was painful to do everyday tasks. I would wake up in the middle of the night in pain. Today I feel like a new person. My new knee feels great and my other knee actually feels better. Dr * and his team are the best. I’m walking more and more each day. I’m also going to rehab 3xl week and going to my gym and riding the stationary bike for about 7 to 8 miles each day. I’m a bigger guy and my family wasn’t sure getting a knee replacement was a good idea for me. After seeing me now they wondered why I waited so long. Don’t hesitate get it done.”

“(4/10/23) My inspiration comes from wanting to “run with the horses,” ride and heal the rescues. I want to be out gardening, cleaning the barn, landscaping and other outdoor chores.”

“(4/10/23) Don’t wait too long to have the surgery. Icing and exercises really help with quicker recovery. It helps to have someone at home to help so don’t try to recover on your own!! Just think..surgery is life changing!! Enjoy life!”

“(4/10/23) I want to recover as well as possible to be able to play and roll around on the floor with my two grandsons again. I love to be outdoors and I want to take them hiking, fishing and hunting and I need my knees to work as well as possible. I love all sports, especially Lady Vols softball and basketball and love to attend their games. Finally, I want to do it for me. I’ve lived with knee pain for a long time, I want to feel normal, without pain and to be able to walk without fear of my knees falling apart. ”

“(4/10/23) My knee replacement surgery went well.It was inevitable that it be done.i am an active individual that can’t stand being kept down but it’s part of the plan .what inspires me to endure the pain and continue with the hard work is knowing what my father just went thru with his battle with liver cancer.He battled 5.5 years and succumbed to it on Jan.6 2023.when the pain or recover work get excruciating,I just think of what he went thru......my situation pales in comparison.In memory of him
I will endure what is set before me and persevere in my recovery.Thank you MOSH for all your efforts in my knee replacement surgery.”

“(4/9/23) The greatest help and motivation for me has been the daily messages from Dr *. They were spot on and let me know that where I was after surgery was right on target. The reminder to keep exercising and using ice was also very helpful. I look forward every day for his messages.”

“(4/9/23) Since I started having problems with my knee I have stopped doing all of the activities that make me happy such as dancing, hiking, riding my bike and going for long walks with my dog. I had become very depressed because of this. The thought of going back to these activities is keeping me motivated.”

“(4/8/23) My inspiration to work hard is to return to life as normal, without pain and limitations with mobility.”

“(4/8/23) Most of us have no reference point for healing after hip replacement. I found that the text messages were refreshing and helped me anticipate what was about to happen. That the swelling, etc was normal. That was a big relief. I appreciate that my surgeon offered this.”

“(4/8/23) It was reassuring and encouraging. Allowed my wife and I to know I was at the right stage. Reduced my opioid use to zero on day three in the am. The encouragement to try the Tylenol to manage pain let us know we didn’t have to rely on the pain meds. The movement reminders are awesome. ”

“(4/8/23) What motivates me to push harder is knowing that in a few weeks I will be able to do at least 6,000 steps a day without pain and within a few months be able to play pickle ball. I am already energized and doing 1,200 steps and am so encouraged by the increased mobility I’ve accomplished and the ease of getting into and out of a car without pain. What a relief. Last, the most important thing that drives me will be the ability to dance with my daughter in March of 2024 at her wedding!”

“(4/6/23) The key to recovery from any surgery or injury is really pretty simple.

Follow your surgeon’s directions!

If he / she states take you pain medication every 4 hours on the hour; take your pain medication every 4 hours on the hour.

It is paramount to keep the pain threshold at bay and not allow it to get it out of control and overwhelm you

Pain medication does not increase In value over time

In fact it loses potency as it ages

Also remember to approach surgery and recover with a positive mental attitude.

Recovery takes time.

Although surgery will correct the injury; recovery will take time to get back to 100%

Follow the directions of your Physical Therapist to the letter

The more that you do the quicker you will get back to 100%.

Your surgeon will outline a physical therapy plan that your physical therapy will implement

The physical therapist will not ask
more of you of which you are capable of giving

Push yourself

The physical therapist will know your limits and adjust accordingly

Do not wallow in self pity.

You are a part of a surgical / recovery team

Get up off you ass and do your part.

Finally adopt a positive mentality attitude

Be happy

Be positive

Be committed

Do not let yourself fall into depression

The only way to get through recovery is to commit yourself to 100% positive mental attitude

When you think you cannot do 1 more exercise dig deep and do 5 more.

Finally someone probably your spouse or loved one is traveling this journey with you, hauling your ass to appointments and although you may be angry at yourself during different phases of recovery do not lash out at them in your anger and frustration

They are doing the greatest gift for you; shower them with love and gratitude.

In time and with proper work ethic and love everything will be fine.”

“(4/6/23) The first and most important inspiration to work hard to get mobile is my two Granddaughters- one 5 1/2 years old and one 3 1/2 weeks old. Nana wants to be able to do things with them.
The other thing is I so want to take a trip to Norway. We have family there. I need to be able to walk around so I can enjoy the trip.”

“(4/5/23) To enjoy my grandkids.”

“(4/5/23) I am now barely two weeks out from my total knee replacement and I am pleasantly surprised how far along I am and how easy I have found the process to be. My experience from the day of the surgery was great. Dr. * and his team were so professional and really made me feel at ease. Yes, there was a good deal of surgical pain for the first few days but it was easily managed with my pain meds. My in-house PT started the next day and I was so happy with my therapist. His encouragement made me want to push myself to get better. He was so easy to deal with and just a pleasant individual. Now, a mere 15 days out I am easily walking without a cane or a walker and my pain level is down to about a two or three. My advice to everyone out there would be to say that it does get better and if you do the work it will get better sooner than later.”

“(4/5/23) First, the fact that I feel and see progress literally every single day since my surgery inspires me to keep working towards goals. Success breeds success. I am very independent, so I look forward to returning to driving and walking entirely without assistive devices. I also love to walk, swim, and bicycle, and so those are my long term goals. Finally, when I consider all the expertise of medical, OT, PT staff and their efforts on my behalf and simply the technological advances from which I benefit, I am inspired to work towards being a success story.”

“(4/5/23) What inspires me to keep working hard after surgery is getting back to teaching dance. I love the kids I teach and I can’t wait to be able to see them and teach them again.”

“(4/4/23) When I kept doing my exercises -I continued to see improvements. My PT was also an amazing motivator.
My goals are to get my puppy back where I can walk him 3 x a day and to return to kayaking and paddle boarding.”

“(4/4/23) My inspiration after surgery is my grandchildren. I will be able to chase them again when they say catch me Grammy.
Also my love for hiking, I hope to be out there again this summer.”

“(4/3/23) Biggest help is my wife!! She keeps me going.. I decided not to take any narcotics and just offer this pain to those who need our prayers. Just working to get my ROM and strength back. Doing my exercises and stairs... Taking one day at a time.”

“(4/3/23) It has been the greatest support help anyone can ask for. The pep message gave me awesome out look of the recovery needed. Truly felt that there was someone checking on me and encouraging recovery. Thank you recovery teams. ❤️”

“(4/3/23) My recovery started more than a year ago when I started going to the gym and lifting weights. I got my body as strong as I could before surgery. It was honestly discouraging to have the surgery and all my strength in my leg gone However I believe as I do my exercises I will be able to regain my strength and flexibility back easier because my arms and core are stronger.
At least that is what I hope for. 😊”

“(4/2/23) Every day is better . I noticed improvement every day and the exercises became a little bit easier.”

“(4/2/23) My inspiration comes from knowing that I will be able to get 15yrs of being in pain everyday back. Not only will I be without pain, I will be able to enjoy riding my bike and skydiving indoors also take enjoyable walks with my wife and grandchildren. Most of all, my grandchildren will no longer have to ask me’ Papa is your hip better. Thank you Dr * and your team for being part of giving me a new beginning on life!”

“(4/2/23) The surgery went very well, and my recovery has progressed just as the doctor suggested. What inspires me to work hard is getting back to enjoying an active lifestyle that went on hold due to my hip pain. I can see through these first couple weeks that I can get back to where I want to be sooner if I put in the hard work.”

“(4/2/23) My goal for getting back is so I can walk my two dogs without any problems or issues just to be able to walk and not lip with pain. To sleep comfortably without having to take anything for the pain. To enjoy life once again without pain. To be able to ride my motorcycle with my wife without pain. To help others with their needs to be able to volunteer again. These are my goals to get back and enjoy life once again.”

“(4/1/23) What drives me is knowing that the quality of my life is up to me. Insofar as I am able to control, I have direct influence on the duration, effectiveness and sustainability of my recovery. And take pride in my diligence and progress.”

“(4/1/23) Nobody likes to do exercising, especially when it hurts. I keep in mind that exercising and feeling the pain is healing those muscles that are needed to walk unassisted without pain. The best part is the next day you can go wider with abductions and talker with heel slides. Seeing the progress us really motivating.
Keep in mind your goal and it makes it so much easier!”

“(3/29/23) Every morning I marvel at my new knee and know I want to do one good thing for my knee!”

“(3/29/23) I am so happy to have my new total knee replacement!!!
Now I no longer have to worry about how to easily up and down stairs without a lot of effort as I did before the surgery
I had tried everything possible to avoid surgery snd none of it worked!!!”

“(3/23/23) I kept my motivation up by celebrating each and every improvement no matter how small. Patience is the biggest key. Keep reminding yourself it is going to get better. Try to do that extra something each day and no you are not alone in your recovery. ”

“(3/29/23) What inspires me to keep working hard after surgery, is to be able to assist my student at graduation this year when he goes across the stage to receive his diploma. I have been with my student since 5th grade. We have built a special bond over the years. Also, I want to be able to walk without a walker which I have used for almost a year. I had a friend tell me “Therapy is Key”. I remind myself those words everyday.”

“(3/28/23) I am a week and a half into my recovery and every day I feel better, enjoy better mobility and that makes me follow through with my wonderful PT folks and the support of so many who remind me that I am doing as well, if not better than expected! I am enjoying pain free days, for the most part, which gives me more energy to strengthen my leg, etc. To have my active life back is well worth the effort at this stage of recovery!”

“(3/27/23) I want to be able to do all the walking I did before my knee started to be a problem. I love to be outside and active.”

“(3/27/23) As I approach retirement June 1, I would not be prepared for the activities I want to do with kids and grandkids.
I could barely walk, but after having Dr. * replace both hips, I will be able to keep up with everyone.
It has been 15 years since my hips started to deter my life. I now can ride a bike and make full turns with my legs. My hips would not allow me to do this before.
So, as I continue physical therapy, I feel stronger everyday, which translate to more outside time with the grandkids.
Thank you!”

“(3/27/23) I love to get texts everyday from my doctor - that’s inspiration in itself. I don’t feel all alone in my recovery.

What is inspiring me now (2 weeks after surgery) is the vacation I’m going on in 6 weeks. I want to be ready. So it’s keeping up with the exercises, eating right and drinking water that will get me there (but don’t overdo). And hopefully I will lose the 10 pounds I put on before surgery when I couldn’t exercise!!!! That’s the goal.”

“(3/26/23) Post surgery there are a lot of ups and downs. I am not a sitter which is very hard when you are trying to rest and recuperate and can’t stay active. I’ve found that it helps to break time periods into small pieces and find something to do to stay active for short periods of time. That could be something simple like going out and petting the 🐕, having a few friends visit in the afternoon, or taking a car ride on a beautiful day. A few PT exercises can also be added to these short periods of time also.”

“(3/25/23) What inspires me to work hard at achieving full flexibility is the reality that the opposite could be confinement. Lack of motility is unacceptable to me.
The operation was an amazing success, but don’t stop there. If you do not stretch your muscles 3 times a day, to full capacity, you will not get full mobility back. Walking with a limp is not for me.”

“(3/23/23) I am motivated by the desire to be able to take long walks without pain. The daily messages I receive are right on the mark every time, and make me feel that I’ve not been abandoned by my doctor. People are impressed when I tell them about this service. And also, people are also surprised to see me walking so well so quickly.”

“(3/22/23) My motivation was a challenge to myself to be walking unassisted, no walker or cane, 12 days after my TKR. And I reached my goal. My motivation started with an aggressive pre-hab program of strength conditioning and stretching and strictly following the post operative rehab program.
Do that, and you’ll be amazed at how quickly you can be back to normal. Good luck!”

“(3/21/23) I’am walking a mile with no pain this should let me walk on the golf course.”

“(3/20/23) After 50 years of playing hard and coaching football, wrestling, and golf, I wore out my hips. It was painful to get out of the chair and walk. Two weeks after left hip replacement surgery, I can already feel the difference in having a new hip joint. Sure there is still some swelling and light pain but wow what a great feeling to get up and walk without much pain.
Best decision ever to have this surgery done.
Second hip to be done later this summer.😊”

“(3/20/23) What keeps me going is the fact that I was fortunate to get such a Great Doctor for this surgery! I kept hearing about how awful knee replacement surgery was & how long it would take to get back to normal!!!
Well…I can’t say enough about my doctor & the surgery with communication daily from his Team informing you what to expect and what where you should be at every day & week with excersise.
I’m at 5 weeks today since my surgery…walking without a cane & driving!
I still have 2 more weeks of PT…which is wonderful, as I’m making strides everyday there to be my old pain free self again!”

“(3/19/23) I’m 75 years old and I’m working hard after surgery so I can walk straight with no pain and continue to travel. There’s a lot more of this world to see, and I want to be able to see it soon!”

“(3/18/23) My motivation to have my knee replacement now, rather than wait until I couldn’t walk was twofold.
1. Recovery would be easier and a bit faster. ( and it has been)
2. I want to be able to dance at my daughters wedding next year. I want to be able to play Pickle Ball with my husband. And I want to travel, hike and be included in activities and not be a wallflower.”

“(3/18/23) I’m 57 years old. I’ve been an athlete my whole life. Years of playing basketball caught up to me as my knee became bone on bone. I have 4 daughters my oldest is married and will I’m sure be having children in the future. I want to be that active grandparent that can play all out. I want to be able to shoot a jump shot again in practice with my players as I’ve coached for 38 years. I’m 12 days post surgery and hopeful that I will get through the pain and swelling and start to see positive results!”

“(3/17/23) What inspired me to go through with this surgery was the lack of mobility. I love dancing with my husband, playing with my granddaughter, walking from classroom to classroom helping my students...but, all that came to an abrupt halt a few months ago. This knee injury was one from a skiing accident 30+ years ago. I had no desire to mess with a surgery back then. I had 4 kiddos to raise. Being my first surgery ever, I was quite scared. Not knowing anything about it. But Dr * and his team, made me feel so good about everything. ”

“(3/15/23) I just told myself the more I follow the exercises the faster I would heal
Take it day by day.”

“(3/15/23) I have worked very hard on my physical therapy since my knee replacement surgery and it has really paid off. I have experienced progress every day. My physical therapist helped me move toward all the goals, and I was able to accomplish all of those within 4 weeks of surgery. I am very proud of my recovery progress but will continue to work hard to strengthen my leg muscles. As a matter of fact, I am having surgery for my other knee in the coming months.”

“(3/14/23) I love all the text I get, sometimes I forget what I Could be doing and how I should be doing, and it helps me keep on track.”

“(3/14/23) Before surgery I made a list of things I was looking forward to doing with my new hip. I pull it out and look at it every few days. It inspires me to get better ASAP.”

“(3/14/23) After my hip fracture and hip replacement surgery, I’m
inspired to really work hard during PT rehab. I have a goal
of once again walking 3.5 miles a few times per week. That
goal, combined with morning yoga & exercise sessions, and
a gym workout 3 times per week is where I would like to be.
Am realistic that at my age (73) and also having osteoporosis,
that might be a tall order. But at least I’m going to try.
Will promise to stay positive during the coming months. It
will be a journey and will do what I can to attain my goals!”

“(3/24/23) I was so afraid of surgery and at the same time didn’t want to walk with a limp and have ongoing pain! I searched for doctors and found Dr. *. He and his surgical staff gave me the reassurance I needed to have the replacement done. After surgery I felt instant relief from my hip pain! Of course I had discomfort due to surgery, but this was temporary and was up and walking almost immediately! I am looking forward to be physically active and although I hate running I can’t wait to run, go for walks and even ride a bike. I am excited..! Thank you Doc”

“(3/13/23) I find the streamd texts with inspiration and practical suggestions to be strangely encouraging. I say strangely because they are largelym impersonal but have a very good grasp on what is happening in my post surgical life. I look forward to them and find them helpful and reassuring.”

“(3/13/23) This is harder than I ever thought it would be. I keep doing all my exercises twice a day, in hopes that if I can keep it up that it will get better. I have never had to stay on drugs this long, but I find if I just keeps up with the pain, the it is better.”

“(3/13/23) My inspiration to keep working hard is to get back to walking on the trail walking on the lakefront and getting back to my strength training and yoga classes.”

“(3/13/23) My family is my inspiration. I want to get back to the physical activities I once enjoyed—walking and bike riding! I am nearing retirement and I’m looking forward to spending time with my adult kids and future grandkids!”

“(3/13/23) There is snow on the ground now and I was very limited in being able to golf last summer. But look out summer of 2023 since I will be ready—just need to keep up my exercise plan!”

“(3/12/23) I get my inspiration from my grandchildren. Looking forward to spring, new beginning’s, planting flowers, and playing with the kiddo’s pain free. 😊”

“(3/12/23)The thing that motivated me to get my hop replacement was that I wanted my mobility back. I am a 77 year old female.
I have been asked in the past to accompany my daughter and daughter in law on wonderful trips. Now that I have had my hip replaced, I am on the road to complete recovery and able to accompany them again.
With a mindset that “I’m not sick, that I just got some new parts to get better “. This gives me the motivation that the pain that I am experiencing will be able to get better each day. Trying to keep a positive attitude is important for me.
I also loved the texts and encouragement from the team - great help. ”

“(3/12/23) I love to dance and I will do anything it takes to be able to dance. Nothing is going to stop me from enjoying dancing.”

“(3/12/23) Que me motiva a seguir recuperandome .... tengo muchos planes entre ellos convertirme en unos años en una ficicoculturista es mi sueńo desde hace muchos ańos, cuando ya este sana comenzare a trabajar para lograr ese sueńo quiero tener una vida activa,sana y sin dolor asi para poder vivir muchos ańos mas y poder dejar un legado eso y mucho mas es lo que me motiva a seguir con mi recuperacion y mis siguiente cirugia!!!”

“(3/11/23) It has been 12 days since my surgery. Even though I have pills for pain I still have pain but I know it’s going to get better. I also know when the knee is healed more it will be better than I had before the surgery. I’m a active person and want to stay that way and the replacement was my only choice in order to stay active. I would encourage others to push hard even though it can be hard but it will be worth it.”

“(3/11/23) As we age and joints deteriorate, there is pain. And, it’s negative pain.
Following surgery, the great people at Physical Therapy get us moving in a positive direction! There may be stiffness, swelling and pain, but it is necessary to build a physical “foundation “. At home it is our responsibility to build upon that foundation. Some pain is necessary, but it’s a ‘good’ pain!
Nothing comes easy. Your consistent efforts will benefit you into the future. Don’t let yourself down. 👍”

“(3/11/23) My inspiration to work at recovery from my hip replacement surgery are my friends and family who have had theirs done previously. The harder you and longer you work at the easier and quicker your recovery will be.”

“(3/11/23) I am inspired after my 2-27-23 hip surgery by daily texts from my doctor’s office. I am most inspired daily by my coach (my husband) to do my PT and walk outside to get back to an active life of traveling, spending time with my grandchildren, gardening, and walking around the beautiful lake where we live. We are having a 50th Anniversary Party of burgers & dogs at our lake, and I want to dance with my husband! ”

“(3/11/23) I do my prescribed exercises because my body reacts in a positive way after I have exercised. I immediately feel the tenseness and stiffness leave. Looking to the future, I want to be able to get back outside and enjoy walking and hiking and this motivates me to exercise now after surgery. I’m thankful that surgery was an option for me. Mobility is necessary for my well being!”

“(3/10/23) I continue to work more consistently towards being independent. I make sure I do my exercises daily & I’m blessed to have family support. Some days aren’t the best but I may rest & ice more that day & then I find I’m feeling better the next day.”

“(3/9/23) Because this survey was a revision of a total knee replacement less than 11 months ago, I am resolved to have a much better outcome this time. I am working hard, but this time I am actually seeing good results! In less than 2 weeks after my revision surgery, I have already surpassed goals after working so hard for 10 months of PT. I am very happy with my success so far and will continue to work hard to reach more success. I’m looking forward to being able to walk normally for the first time in a long time!!”

“(3/8/23) Moved to Winston a year ago to be near my son and his family. I have a 3-yr old and a 1-yr old grandson that I want to be available to help with times the parents need a bit of help. With 2 bad knees, that is not possible. With 2 better knees, it is!!”

“(3/8/23) I’m inspired by the hope I will be able to enjoy traveling again- and being able to walk places.”

“(3/7/23) I am working every day between therapy at least 2 sets of exercises and icing/elevation ‘cause I know the only way to get back to “on top” of recovery is to work every day to straighten and to bend my knee. I have lots to work on once I am able. I will only be able by continuing to exercise at home in addition to. While I do not work quite as hard at home I do the hard sets as much as I can. It is the only way to heal. I “must” keep moving forward. It feels good to exercise!”

“(3/7/23) I was worried about pain during surgery
But felt nothing….
I think it is better to take that first…rather suffering in pain and also in the dread of having to deal with it later…
The first few days were hard snd from then on…I’m a new person”

“(3/7/23) I am writing to let others know my motivation to have knee replacement is a quality of life issue. I want to be able to have unencumbered movement in everyday activities as well as be able to play with my grandchildren freely. At 68 years old I have many years to enjoy life and believe this will help me do that.
Good Luck in your journey and recovery.”

“(3/7/23) Just fighting to get to the second week of April for Illinois turkey season. 🦃”

“(3/7/23) The exercises and reminders keep me motivated. I used to hike but was unable to the last few years due to my hip pain. I am looking forward to finishing my bucket list of hiking all the national parks! The entire surgery experience was positive starting with my doctor and with the surgery center. I continue to keep a positive attitude and am planning a hiking trip with my family.”

“(3/7/23) Unfortunately this is not my first rodeo with my hip. Last year I had a repair (out of town) and less than 2 weeks ago I had a hip replacement. I am walking with a cane and feel great. My inspiration is that I want to be independent again. I work thru the pain, but am no martyr, and take pain meds as needed. Work hard. You will reap the rewards!! Promise!!”

“(3/7/23) I’m on my 5th week post hip replacement surgery. This was a game changer for me. I’m a hairdresser and avid Pilates student. I was off from work and Pilates for 2 weeks , the 3rd week I went back part time at work and took level 1 classes with Pilates. I’ve gone back full time at work and I’m back to level 2 classes with Pilates. I feel great! Going into the surgery being fit and having a strong core helped with the recovery process , helping my body recover faster and also made PT so much easier.”

“(3/5/23) Always taught my girls “you are stronger than you think”. My turn to show them. So I tried every day to do more than the day before. If I was sore I listen to my body and rested. I want to be able to go for a nice walk. So that was my prize at the end of all this. Keep working hard and you will get there!”

“(3/5/23) This has been a long journey. Left knee replaced in December, right knee at the end of January. But I am so encouraged because after many years of living in pain, while I am still experiencing “surgery” pain, when I am climbing stairs or riding the exercise bike, the arthritis/joint pain is gone! Wanting more of this drives me to push as hard as possible in my recovery efforts at both my PT appointments and my home exercises. This has been so worth it and I look forward to my complete recovery!”

“(3/5/23) I’m looking forward to living an active life. Resuming gardening shopping walking and housework. Taking trips and seeing the creation our Good Lord blessed us with.”

“(3/5/23) I turned the corner from dread of surgery day to excitement the day my surgery was scheduled. I am a photographer, and since my hip pain increased I have not been able to go where the beautiful views are. My inspiration is a vision of myself hiking to my favorite spot in the Blue Ridge Mountains and photographing a sunset over a fog-filled valley as the light changes colors and the moon rises.”

“(3/5/23) I’ve been an outdoor hiker for many years and I WILL be back to the trails soon!! I’m working hard to get back to the beautiful outdoors, and that is my greatest motivation. Leading up to surgery, I was told more than one ‘not so good’ experience, and I aim to prove that a positive attitude and consistently doing the physical therapy exercises is vital to success! My moto - Never give up!!”

“(3/1/23) Prior to my hip surgery I was in extreme pain. I had waited a year and a half and gone progressively down hill being able to get around.
Doctor told me it was one of the worst hips he had worked on.
After surgery I was able to get out of bed and walk with walker down the halls of the hospital. Within a week I was getting around at home and making fast progress. I am so happy to say, four weeks after surgery, I’m walking on my own with no walker & no cane. I’m pain free getting into bed. Doing therapy now and loving getting around the house and out to van without help.”

“(3/1/23) My goal is to play golf without hip pain and to be able to go for walks.”

“(3/1/23) Surgery…….. my last option to rid myself of a painful left leg. Discomfort began gradually, but became increasingly more uncomfortable and debilitating. Plans to travel and enjoy life’s adventures were put on hold until this issue was solved.
Knowledge given to me that after a few weeks my discomfort & pain would be subsiding & life could be enjoyed again, gave me the fortitude and will power to follow his instructions to a “T”!! Exercise, eat well, wear Ted hosiery, leg pumps at night……. all for my benefit. If this is for YOU….. that’s what is incentive enough!!”

“(2/28/23) I am 72 years old and just underwent a total knee replacement and at 5 weeks post surgery. My inspiration is seeing the end results of the surgery and the rehabilitation and the healing:
the ability to walk normally without pain
the ability to play with my young grandchildren
the ability to play tennis and pickleball
the ability to walk up and down stairs without pain

I have found inspiration in trusting the people, processes and tools of my medical providers and other clinical personnel. By committing to the physical therapy as prescribed, I found inspiration by celebrating the small victories and improvements each day”

“(2/28/23) Well, here we are at 4 1/2 weeks post tkr. I am in the truck and my daughter just hooked up the trailer and loaded the horses for a trip to work them at an indoor arena.

The shedding horse hair, the smell of the barn and the excitement of watching them burn off some Spring time energy is very motivating to me right now.”

“(2/27/23) All the text and encouragement from the staff. That helps me.”

“(2/27/23) The exercises that was given really work. I recommend everyone who gets the knee surgery to follow all instructions and you will have a successful recovery.”

“(2/27/23) The faster I can return to normal, the faster I can enjoy activities without hindrance.”

“(2/25/23) It’s been ten years since I’ve been able to walk without pain, much less play tennis, pickleball or even schooling a fifth-grader on the playground basketball court. I know my big time sports days are over, but I do dream of the time I can get back on the tennis court and at least hit a couple lazer forehands!”

“(2/25/23) This procedure has improved my overall health. Honestly the instructions given prior to and after surgery was consistent and I always felt the team was always available. This motivates me to keep on pushing.”

“(2/25/23) What inspires me to keep going is not thinking, but knowing what the outcome will be. For by His stripes, I am healed. When I do my part, I will be able to see the fruit of my labor. The more I put into my process the better my progress. I have to make it through the process to see the promise.

The smarter you work through the process the more you will accomplish. Th harder you work through the process and come up short may or can change the mindset to reset in a negative way.

Always look at a a glass 🥃 that has half liquid in it as being half full and not half empty. When you look up, you see Victory, but when you look down, you see defeat.

To walk in your healing, you have to do you me part with the right mindset. Positive Energy allows you to do a lot more than Negative Energy. So, when in doubt of your process in progressing, check your attitude. It is you, not the process.”

“(2/24/23) I have been an outdoor active individual my entire life. Sporting activities are not just a way of life but help define my self confidence and identity.
For the last several years I’ve had to accept a decline in my quality of life due to physical limitations. At 75, I don’t expect to qualify for the Olympics but with my new equipment, I believe I can participate in the outdoor activities that I love: skiing, hiking, biking and windsurfing are all within reach if I apply myself to a disciplined regimen of Physical therapy.
Modern medicine can perform miraculous feats but it’s up to us as patients to make the most of our opportunities to live productive active lives.”

“(2/23/23) This is my second knee
I was younger 6 years ago and remember it hurt but it’s more!
What helps is I might be ok 6-8 weeks after surgery
That’s not that far
Two weeks down
4 to go!”

“(2/22/23) I work really hard on my therapy goals as I want to excel my recovery as much as possible to exceed goals.”

“(2/22/23) Working hard after surgery to improve the functioning of my rt knee and to join an exercise program for weight loss and over all heath improvement”

“(2/21/23) Two things keep me motivated during this rehab process One, when I see my two beautiful granddaughters running and playing their little hearts out, I keep pushing through those tough exercises so I can be back playing with them soon. I also have pictures of different travels we have taken and one is my husband and I standing on a mountain top in Norway. I want to be back to traveling ASAP! ”

“(2/21/23) Less pain post op- desire to return to more functionality”

“(2/21/23) I had my knee replacement surgery on February 10, 2023. I have been dedicated to my rehabilitation, so I have followed all the recommendations from Dr. * and my physical therapist. I am.making great progress, but it is hard work. And I know that it will all pay off. I chose not to take the opioid pain meds so I am dealing with some pain but I can do this. I am grateful.for Dr. * and his staff for daily updates and to my physical therapist who is so good working with me and encouraging me.”

“(2/21/23) Everyone told me before having my knee replaced if you do what they tell you, and do your exercises you will be happy!!! So I do my exercises and compare myself to other patients at rehab. I ask how far they are out and I push myself to be further along than they are. I realize everyone heals differently, but I love the challenge!!😊So happy so far, Hope to do my other one sooner than later!”

“(2/21/23) My desire to do things that I used to do like playing golf, gardening and working on our rent property.
I was in so much pain before the surgery and now I don’t have that. It is a wonderful feeling to be pain free!”

“(2/21/23) I was just riding to give you my reason for getting this done. I have a granddaughter on the way. I WILL be able to hold her and walk with her. We Will make snow angels this next winter! ”

“(2/20/23) After surgery I was inspired by the thought of being able to resume my normal activities and attend my son’s graduation pain free. The motivating texts are great to remind you what you need to do to to get to your end goal. It also allows you to celebrate the small milestones of improvement that will lead to eventual success! Stick with the plan and you will succeed!”

“(2/20/23) I have nothing but praise for your care team. My husband had surgery feb 9th and I signed up for the messages too. It has been so helpful to get the updates as a care giver to know what to expect. Thank you! ”

“(2/20/23) Hi I am 77 yrs old, I Need to heal fast and properly. I take care of two grandchildren. Ten and eight yrs old, the 10 yr old has autism and I need to be healthy to take better care of them that is the reason that keeps me going and my Faith in jesus.”

“(2/20/23) Want to walk better and travel. 🦋”

“(2/17/23) I made it to 10 days! Get better and get back to my amazing self soon! “Life is like riding a bicycle.To keep your balance, you must keep moving.”
For safety reasons I have my walker with me but most of the time without thinking I walk away from my walker and start walking around my home. I hope for en- enter my normal life with in month or so. ”

“(2/16/23) This is my second knee replacement. The first was during COVID when there weren’t many distractions. I learned that consistantly doing the exercises really worked in speeding recovery. Also, at that time my dance and yoga classes were on Zoom. That allowed me to join in and do whatever I felt I could at that point of time.

Fast forward to January 10, 2023 when I had surgery on my second knee. Prior to surgery, I did the exercises recommended by Dr. * and practiced with my crutches. I went home on the day of my surgery. Within 2 1/2 weeks I was walking at home without the aid of any devices. I diligently did the exercises recommended both by my PTs and Dr. *. My goals included being able to get out and about and attending the classes I enjoyed as soon as possible. My neighbors were amazed to see me walking each beautiful day working up from 7 minutes to 30 minutes/walk. After three weeks, I began to attend my dance and yoga classes in person. At first, I sat through the class using my feet and/or arms where possible. That turned into fuller participation initially only for 15-20 minutes. Starting February 10th, I was able to participate in the entire one hour classes. Granted, I came home exhausted and needed to nap.

Everyone’s body is different. But consistently doing the exercises is the key to getting to your goals. It allows your body to build to where it has to be. Be patient with yourself and congratulate your small achievements along the way.

Remember to be proactive relative to your current needs. Last week I went to the ballet but changed my seats from a fixed row to a movable chair and brought a pillow so I could be comfortable for the almost 2 hour show.

Wishing everyone the speediest recovery your body will allow.”

“(2/15/23) I’m at 51/2 weeks got off the cane 2 weeks ago. I can go to the store and get around still swollen knee and sore but feeling much better. Wasn’t sure what I got into before surgery so I was surprised at the pain. Having said that I will get my other knee done next January. Lots of additional info on youtube.”

“(2/15/23) Prior to my surgery I had a lot of people tell me to follow the PT’s instructions exactly and walk all I could. About two days before the surgery I saw a man about my age trying to get out of a car. I asked if he needed help and he replied that he was “just stretching his leg.” He went on to say that he had knee surgery “about two months ago” and didn’t do what the therapist told him and his knee “froze up,” and they had to loosen it up and he had to start over. That was enough for me, I didn’t want anyone messing with my knee except me. Four days after surgery I was doing what my therapist and Dr * told me and was walking a mile at the Y. Did it hurt? You bet but now a month later it’s paid off in full.”

“(2/15/23) The thing that inspires me to keep going is the knowledge that I will be able to do everyday activities without pain, once I am fully recovered post surgery. It’ll be exciting to be able to go on leisurely walks and go to the grocery store to shop without being in pain after walking around there. The simple things that I will be able to do without being in pain are exciting to me.”

“(2/14/23) By the time you have decided to have hip replacement surgery, you have already endured both serious chronic physical, and by then emotional SUFFERING for a LONG time! Working your way through recovery, hard as it may be, FINALLY AT LONG LAST carries the real hope and true expectation, that with a little work and perseverance, ALL THAT WILL SOON BE IN YOUR PAST! THAT is fuel for motivation, and not a small amount of real joy!”

“(2/14/23) What keeps me motivated to do my exercises as I should is a quote I heard on the internet.

”Exercise is a race against scar tissue. “

This has made a huge impact on me after my total knee replacement surgery. I have it written down and on my refrigerator. ”

“(2/14/23) * My partner was totally on board to help me in every way. He even got up in the middle of the night to get me safely to the bathroom.
* I planted ahead to have meals ready so my partner didn’t have to do heavy cooking. We eat all our meals at home and cook from scratch.
* I followed pain management explicitly. That made moving around my home easier. Moving is important! I was off Tramadol a week post op. With extra strength Tylenol.
* As a person of Faith, I meditate almost every day, a prayer practice and read inspirational Faith literature.
* I have a vision that I will be able to walk, garden and continue with my loved daily activities.”

“(2/14/23) I am fortunate to have good health at 73 years old! The fact that I am pain free after surgery (5 weeks) and no longer limp or avoid activities!! Before surgery, I could see myself slipping into a more sedentary, old lady life style! Now I feel in shape again with much more energy and a healthy, positive outlook on life! Thanks to successful surgery and consistent therapy!”

“(2/11/23) First of all living with out pain. Second is walking with a normal gait.”

“(2/10/23) I love the great outdoors, especially the mountains…hiking, camping, just being one with nature. I’ve done less and less of this over time and am missing it SOOO much. This was a huge motivator in having the surgery. Some days are tough, but I’m focused on the results and have some awesome family members and friends cheering me on!!”

“(2/8/23) Almost 5 weeks since hip replacement and doing quite well. Delighted the healing is happening so nicely. In fact, at this point, I sometimes forget that I’ve had surgery and doing daily movements are what they used to be before the problem. I have been adamant about doing my exercises daily as well as going to physical therapy three times a week that along with an incredibly professional operation by Dr. * and his team have made for a great recovery. Walking a mile each day now and feels great. I believe I will be ready to do my daily 2-3 mile walk at White Rock Lake in another 3-4 weeks!”

“(2/8/23) To recover my flexability and mobility are just two issues that keep me pushing forward during my surgery recovery time. The end results are much more rewarding than sitting still and not helping myself overcome this situation.”

“(2/8/23) What has kept me motivated is the daily and weekly improvement I noticed after having my hip replacement.

From day two to week 2 I am amazed on how much strength I have noticed.

Going to the Weeklt PT and doing these exercises at home has put me ahead.

I am looking forward to this spring so that I am able to golf pain free. Maybe a hole in 1!”

“(2/7/23) Every day is better than the day before. I set small achievable daily goals to inspire me to increase the goal the next day. Plus I set a big reward to work toward (trip to Iceland ) for myself which makes it all worth it.”

“(2/7/23) I am so happy with my knee replacement. My motivation walking on the beach with my wife. We love the beach. We also love to go camping in our tagalog camper. Walking has been a struggle. Setting and breaking down the camper has been tough. Looking forward to hiking.”

“(2/7/24) I am 74. I have no intent of becoming sedentary. It is time to put in a spring garden. My goals are kidding. I need to be able to disbud the kids, tag, and vaccinate them. I have a trip to the Caribbean scheduled in March. I want to go to Honduras in the next few months. I have a hoped-for visit to New York and Ohio in the offing. I need to resume other regular trips and activities. Therefore, I am incented to work reasonably hard and consistently to rehab my knee.”

“(2/7/23) It seems that one is not improving, but keep a positive attitude. At 77 yrs. I do not want to stop having fun with my husband, children, grandchildren and walking our Labrador. Life is worth living and enjoying. The improvement will happen. Keep positive!!!!”

“(2/6/23) My physical therapist has done a great job of keeping me motivated. After two weeks of surgery I am at 90° on bending my knee. And motivated to get back out to my outdoor activities, fishing and hiking she has been a great help.”

“(2/6/23) Looking forward to the day I can walk down to the beach to watch the sunset again. Also, looking forward to chasing my grandchildren. ❤️”

“(2/5/23) What a great improvement with this knee replacement then the other one. Getting back with my life much soon without a lot of pain. Going on 5 weeks out and starting to do everything I want to do.”

“(2/5/23) I wanted the surgery to improve my quality of life. I hunt, fish, Pickleball and Golf. I am looking forward to enjoying these activities with less pain.”

“(2/5/23) I am inspired to keep working to get my life back pain free. I cannot wait to be on the golf course in 4 weeks. And mostly I cannot wait to be in great shape to play with my first grandbaby due in April.”

“(2/5/23) What inspires me to work hard after surgery is to be able to get back to a normal pain free life. One where my hip doesn’t hurt after I mow the lawn, play pickle ball, go on a long walk, and go on a hike with my kids. I’m excited to be able to put in my shoe or pick something up without any pain in my hip.”

“(2/4/23) What inspires and motivates me to keep working hard after my hip replacement surgery? I miss the fit and active person I used to be. I am determined to not have that taken away from me, doing whatever I am capable of to ensure better, more productive days ahead. That is my overriding goal, and I will achieve it.”

“(2/4/23) Walking my Dog
Traveling with Family
Walking at the same pace and distances as my 20 year olds
Returning to cycling road and mtn, skiing alpine and nordic, Pickelball, riding my motorcycle
Trying to like hiking
Returning to work
EVERYTHING!”

“(2/4/23) I want to share my story with all of you who might be going through a hip replacement like I did I find encouragement daily by feeling how strong I am becoming by continually following the directions from the PT department and the daily text messages from my doctor, my healing has been rapid a and my pain has been minimal and I think due to the daily exercises that I am doing and and pushed to work harder each day by their encouragement. Thank you so much to my team of people who have helped me in my road to recovery from right total hip surgery. It has been really much easier than I thought it would be. I wish I hadn’t put it off so long.”

“(2/4/23) My favorite thing to do is take our two beloved golden retrievers on hikes in the foothill trails above Salt Lake City. They’ve missed the exercise and seeing our wonderful neighbors out with their dogs. I’m excited to get back to that and working hard both before and after surgery to regain my hard-won conditioning. Doing great after less than two weeks and I’m greatly encouraged by how well I’m progressing. Have taken nothing but Tylenol and loving how all the hard work is paying off—big time!!”

“(2/3/23) Kudos to your office for these motivational text messages. They have been instrumental in keeping me motivated by carefully keeping me aware of each step of the process, so I am calm and realistic about my recovery’s timeline.”

“(2/2/23) I don’t like injury or surgery,so I attempt to recover rapidly from any restrictions. As I recover, I treat it like a game. How fast can I get back to normal? I do the exercises required and add some of my own to enhance the progress. Listen to the doctor and therapist , follow their instructions and the results are rewarded.”

“(2/1/23) People say the first week they wonder why they did the surgery and the next week they wonder why they didn’t do it sooner. For me it would be two weeks
each. It was a very painful experience however, I know at the end of all the therapy and this journey I will have a much better quality of life. ”

“(1/31/23) Hard work. And the willing to listen and read your good info.”

“(1/30/23) I just want to get back on the golf course and walking in the forest preserves and other nature centers. They all bring peace, tranquility and gratefulness to my life. Im 82 and will do whatever it takes to accomplish that. So far after 4 weeks being diligent with exercise, icing and meds im told im ahead of the game at this stage. I have also been off pain meds for 2 weeks.

Another incentive for me is the great care, concern and texts from Dr Sporer and staff have provided along the way. I felt connected to them before, during and after surgery. A big thank you.”

“(1/30/23) My rather unique source of inspiration and motivation comes from having known more than 100 patients I’ve had the privilege of working with in my 45 years as a physical therapist.
Admittedly I put off having my own knee replacement surgery for a very long time, eliminating all my other options before finally going ahead. Here again, my huge advantage was knowing that the single most important step is picking an orthopedic surgeon with a long “track record” of great outcomes.
Then the second critical step was doing the pre-op work to be strong and fit (as much as my damaged knee would allow).
And the third critical step was committing to do the outpatient therapy at a very well equipped facility with knowledgeable licensed therapists, which is available right here in my new home town of South Haven, Michigan.
I’ve still got a long road ahead with some pain and lots of hard work along the way. But the great thing about the times we live in is that so much is possible now in these later years and there is a lot of beauty in the world that remains to be explored and experienced!
Can’t wait to get back to Nordic Walking in the woods and paddling my kayak on these beautiful Michigan lakes and streams and riding my Trek bike on the great trails throughout this beautiful area.
As I’ve said repeatedly throughout my long career, humans were never meant to live inside little boxes!”

“(1/30/23) I’m on day 12. The pain is subsiding as is the swelling, and my agility / mobility is starting to come back.

My continued goals / inspiration is to get back to walking my dog, helping out around the house, resuming work and most of all getting on the bike in a couple months. The bike is my Zen place and I’ve missed it. Makes doing the exercises baby steps to this goal. I hope to compete in the Dairyland Dare event in early August, a 200k ride in the drift-less region of WI. 10,000 feet of climbing. Can’t miss it!”

“(1/27/23) This year I turn 70 and my son turns 40. We plan to celebrate our respective milestone birthdays by golfing together in Mesquite, Nevada and St. George, Utah in June. In order to do so I need to be fully recovered from my December 23 surgery. That is what inspires me to work hard to recover.”

“(1/27/23) I am 6 week post knee replacement… so now is the time to kick it up a few notches.

I feel stronger less post op pain - no pre surgery knee pain (yea!) so now is the time not to slow down … but speed up.

I am so close to being 100% so it’s up to me to push harder …. More stretching … more cardio….and stay in PT until 100%. ”

“(1/24/23) For me it is the hope I can have 2 good solid knees for the first time in forty years. My 2nd knee replacement is going a bit easier than my first which was not a bad experience either.”

“(1/23/23) I feel so blessed to be able to have this surgery, twice, a year apart. Blessed, YES, because I am not going to let arthritis stop me from being active in my 70’s.
We enjoy golf, biking, hiking, and skiing for 40 years.
We travel, viewing the many sights of our world.
I am so glad to have more of these amazing opportunities with my husband of almost 55 years.”

“(1/23/23) What motivates me is seeing progress and being able to function better.”

“(1/23/23) I was absolutely scared to death about the surgery. I was worried about the long recovery, the hideous scar on my knee and being in more pain after than I was before. Ultimately, the recovery has been hard, but still easier than expected. The scar is already barely visible. I have had comments from friends that say I walk better now just four weeks out than I did before the surgery. I have minor pain compared to what it was before. I am still in Physical therapy and working on my recovery, but I can already tell this was one of the best decisions I ever made. I am still on leave from work, but I am really ready to get back to a normal routine again with less pain. I will continue to go camping in the summer and I’ll be able to have a more normal activity level. I am so impressed with Dr. * and the surgery staff at the surgery center. As nervous as I was, they were able to make me feel more at ease. They are all so kind and knowledgeable. Thumbs up on my surgery experience.”

“(1/22/23) I’ve enjoyed being active throughout my life. It was disheartening when one of my hips fractured, collapsed, and developed avascular necrosis. That hip had been my “good hip” for years but it became my most painful hip and I was mostly confined to a wheelchair while awaiting surgery.

Two years prior, I had radiation and chemotherapy for a GI cancer. The heads of my femurs could not be avoided by the radiation. There was no evidence of disease after the cancer treatments but it recurred 18 months later. I had to have surgery to remove it and I had internal bleeding while in recovery. I had a “near death experience” (my surgeon’s words) during this time. I felt like my spirit lifted from my body and I “heard” someone communicate to me, “ you need to make a choice, if this is too painful you don’t have to go back (to my body), if you want to go back, you will have to fight”. “ I hesitated momentarily trying to understand what was happening. I felt like my body lifted higher and I could see the earth. I could hear and see written prayers coming up for me. It was as if God were showing me how many people were praying for me. It was overwhelming. I had glimpses of my children, grandchildren, and thoughts of other family members. They were not ready to let me go and it would seem selfish of me not to return to my body at that time. I said, “God, Jesus, angels, whomever you are, I want to go back. Guide and direct me, show me what I need to do.” I was wheeled back into surgery, the bleeder was found and I recovered.

I believe i was given an opportunity to spend more time in my body on earth with family and friends whom I love and who love me.

My motivation and inspiration are my part of agreeing to “fight” to get better. I’m so grateful to be mobile again, to take short walks with my husband again. I’m looking forward to being able to travel more easily again snd to do yoga again. My granddaughter said she’s looking forward to dancing with me again soon.”

“(1/22/23) I want my life back! I want to walk my dog , go to my Silver Sneakers classes, loss some weight and have a pain free knee.”

“(1/22/23) Setting goals. In 2 weeks I want to be using cane only and back to driving myself. In 2 months I want to bike for 15 minutes every day and nearing completion of allowable PT. By 4 months I want resume most regular activities by continuing daily exercises to improve knee strength that are provided by PT.”

“(1/21/23) My motivation is to get back to the things I love to do (walking, bowling, and Zumba). I know it’s not easy but worth working hard for, why do the surgery and not put in the work to get better.”

“(1/21/23) The motivational texts sent via STREAMD really encouraged me to reach my goals consistently! My healing won’t happen overnight but I can see the light at the end of the tunnel.”

“(1/21/23) My inspiration to work hard it’s my grand kids I baby sit them and they are my energy;I keep working on my therapy’s cus a fill better every time I finish them and I can tell the difference after I want to go back to my life filling up to do everything again.”

“(1/21/23) What keeps me inspired to push through recovery is:
I’m an independent person. I’m striving to get back to doing things on my own.
I’ve got a pet. I want to be able to take her on long walks again.”

“(1/18/23) The encouragement of family and friends keeps me motivated. Also, knowing that eventually I’ll be able to play more with my grandchildren. I am encouraged ( and grateful!!) by how much farther I am now after 11 days post surgery than I was when I had the other knee replaced. It really is amazing!”

“(1/18/23) What keeps me going in rehab and my daily exercises is simply this!

The doc and staff have done the work, the meds helped with pain!

But you have to do all the work and exercise to recover without that you’re going to fail yourself!

Work hard knowing you did all you could in these few months!”

“(1/17/23) I have to start with the daily texts you send. They are so helpful! They encourage us to keep going and almost answer the questions as they come up. Big thumbs up for that!
What keeps me going is how much better I feel each day! I am 5 weeks post op today and am really starting to feel like myself again! That in itself encourages me to keep pushing on!
Looking very forward to getting back to walking 3 miles a day again!”

“(1/17/23) So I am pumped by the way I feel so far in my recovery and also in the excellent care I have received.
I am also motivated by the fact that my 16th grand baby is coming the middle of March and I want to be ready to help my daughter with her 4th child.”

“(1/16/23) I’m able to do exercise and walk without a lot of pain. I’m at 110 degree and tomorrow will be two weeks. After my first knee replacement pain from hell and long time for healing this was great. Not saying pain free but so much tolerable. All knee replacements need to be done this way. Daily text telling what I should be doing and where I should be. I’m where today where a 6 week patient would be. This is so much better on the patient.”

“(1/16/23) I think the most important thing to remember is you will have bad days but keep pushing yourself it doesn’t last more than a day or two. Be patient and try not to feel overwhelmed and be too hard on yourself.”

“(1/14/23) I’m motivated by my grandchildren.
I have love, support, and encouragement from my family and friends.”

“(1/12/23) I’m so motivated purely from the fact that I don’t have that bone on bone pain that I have had for long. No matter what little inconvenience this recovery is, I can finally see ahead when I can maybe get back to “normal”!”

“(1/11/23) What inspires me to do my physical therapy after knee replacement is to have a normal life again. Its as simple as that.

I’m inspired because I want to keep up with my grandson.
I’m inspired to finally walk up & down stairs in the normal way.

I can go on but I won’t. I think my message is understood. ”

“(1/11/23) Each day I get closer to taking long walks, gardening and having no pain. There’s no excuses NOT to do exercises because you just sit and can’t really do anything else.”

“(1/11/23) The reason for working so hard after surgery is that I want my life back to have a more stable and active life during my retirement. I want to enjoy more traveling in comfort without the hip pain that I have suffered in the last year.”

“(1/10/23) In general, my motivation to work hard to recover is strong so I can get back to an active life. I have four small grandsons who have missed their Ona! I also have a bicycle ministry called Healing Rides that needs me back in action. ”

“(1/9/23) I AM AN 80 YEAR OLD IDENTICAL TWIN WHO HAD LEFT KNEE TOTAL REPLACEMENT SURGERY ONE MONTH AGO. MY IDENTICAL TWIN BROTHER HAD PARTIAL LEFT KNEE REPLACEMENT SURGERY SIX WEEKS BEFORE ME. HIS RECOVERY HELPS SO MUCH IN INSPIRING ME TO KEEP UP THE PHYSICAL THERAPY EXERCISES NECESSARY FOR SUCCESS. MY DAUGHTERS GOOD LUCK SIGN SITS DIRECTLY IN FRONT OF ME DAILY. “OPTIMISM IS THE FOUNDATION OF COURAGE “. I TRY TO AVOID ANY NEGATIVE THOUGHTS AND POSITIVE MENTAL ATTITUDE IS A MUST. MY BROTHER AND I ARE AVID GOLFERS AND WE WILL BE READY THIS SPRING. EACH DAY IS GETTING US CLOSER.”

“(1/9/23) What inspires me to get moving? My husband of 50 years. He loves to walk and I’ve been walking with him for years. But haven’t been able to in the last 2 because of the bone on bone in my knee. He encourages me everyday. Takes really good care of me and is my biggest cheerleader.”

“(1/8/23) I can’t wait to get my mobility to normal so that I can return to interacting with my my fellow teachers and to my elementary school students. I also look forward to being able to climb stairs without pain!”

“(1/7/23) I have always been physically active and want to continue with strength training and martial arts. My knee was slowing me down and limited some of my martial arts movements. I am working hard to get back to full strength.”

“(1/7/23) I’m becoming elderly, and want to stay as mobile as possible throughout the process.”

“(1/4/23) Less than 100 years ago, I would be in a wheelchair if I didn’t have my hips replaced. I am an active person that fly fishes, hunts, travels, hikes, and works in the fiber arts. I also need to walk my beloved wire hair Griffon. At 63 life is at full tilt. Get through the first few days of pain and discomfort, and your life will begin anew. You put your mind to it. The discomfort is temporary, the good results ever lasting. I want to thank the moms and dads who educated their children with discipline and grit so they could attend Med school, and so I could be new again. The STREAMD messages were excellent, especially since my surgery took place out-of-state from where I live. I had the best care, and this was another reason why. Limp as fast as you can to the operating table. You won’t regret it.”

“(1/4/23) As a skier and golfer I’m inspired to set my post hip surgery goals to be XC skiing on March 1 and back on the golf course by April 1, or sooner!”

“(1/4/23) I decided for knee replacement when it was clear that it was the only option to let me get back to taking walks with my wife, playing tennis and walking 18 holes on the golf course. Those things keep me pressing forward to recover my range of motion and strength. The pain and discomfort is worth it to get back my quality of life.”

“(1/4/23) Post surgery improvements so far are directly related to the the pre-surgery exercises I did. Lots of leg crunches to start building my quads for several weeks before the procedure. After surgery is keeping in mind, this pain is short term compared to 20+ years of nearly constant knee pain.
I rented a cold water machine and a constant positive motion machine that relieve the pain and aid in range of motion.
Good luck!! You can do this!”

“(1/4/23) What inspires me to work at my exercises is the opportunity to return normalcy in my daily life. The reason for having knee replacement was my bad knee disrupted my ability to do what I wanted (needed) to do. And doing the pre-op and post-op exercises is an integral part of the surgery process. It makes no sense to have the surgery without a commitment to rehab.
The pain of rehab is worth the gain to get better. The rehab pain is only temporary. The gain to return to normalcy is more permanent.”

“(1/3/23) My motivation to keep going and be successful, is literally quite simple. I want to feel like a healthy 38 year old. For someone who has had bad knees since 5th grade. Im excited to be able to get up and do a simple task of dumping my garbage or sweeping and mopping my floor... im excited to go to the grocery store and not be in extreme pain by the time im done. I want to take a walk with my boyfriend without having to limp. I’m literally excited to just live without the knee pain. I cannot wait!!!”

“(1/2/23) For the last year, my knee has limited me in participating in many things I love - family activities, golfing with friends and social events.

I am almost 5 weeks post operative and my knee hasn’t felt this good in over a year. My continued success will come from strong efforts in rehab and daily exercises as prescribed. Sometimes you only realize how good things are when you don’t have them any more and I will not allow my enjoyment to be limited by not continuing the great work Dr * has done for me.”

“(1/1/23) One of the main reasons I had my hip replaced was to be able to return to running. That continues to be a deep well of motivation for me. Some of the benefits I’m already starting to see—long walks with my kids without pain, for example—continue to motivate me as the weeks until I can run again—we’re down to 47!—tick down. Super pleased to be entering the new year with a new hip, and excited about all the things I’ll be able to start doing again in 2023.”

“(12/31/22) The inspiration that keeps me moving toward wellness after knee replacement surgery are the daily texts, exercises that are sent through your texts & PT, encouragement through PT.”

“(12/30/22) I wake up determined to take on another day strengthening and reading the text messages push me to work harder.”

“(12/28/22) I want to get back to the shape I was in before my workouts were limited by my knee condition and subsequent surgery. I’m a very active person at 62 and I want to get back to that lifestyle. This desire keeps me motivated to go to physical therapy and workout on my own. We are traveling to Europe next year so I want to be able to enjoy the trip.”

“(12/27/22) What motivates me after all my joint replacements is how great I have felt after the surgery and the rehab!
The ability to go back to a normal physical life is amazing! I lost weight a felt mentally so much better improved sleeping! Doing normal workouts at the gym again all make me work hard in rehab.”

“(12/27/22) I’m highly motivated to do well and have the outcome be the best I can make it. Having done this before knowing the window of opportunity to get it right exists and encourages me to be even motivated to do all the active things I like to do in life. Don’t want any limitations on them.”

“(12/27/22) Every morning I find that I can easily do what seemed so hard the day before. I can’t wait to see what I can accomplish tomorrow!”

“(12/27/22) I am looking forward to returning to the doubles tennis courts. My playing partners miss my trash talking. With the new hip I may be even more insufferable 🤗”

“(12/25/22) I have to admit recovery was a little tougher than I envisioned. My main inspiration came from knowing there was light at the end of the tunnel. I just had to be positive and stay focused on doing my exercises to get better. It was hard to see improvement from one day to the next but I could see improvement from one week to another. I’m now just over 5 weeks post op and getting around fine using just one wrist style crutch. I’ve also started driving which is a big morale booster. Stay positive and don’t net negative thoughts take over. Celebrate each new task you’re able to do unassisted and keep doing your exercises. There is light at the end of the tunnel. ”

“(12/25/22) My will to return home from this rehab facility & be with my wife
Is my inspiration to get better thru hard work.”

“(12/23/22) In September I am going with a group of friends to cycle from Skovina, to Italy and ending in Austria.”

“(12/22/22) Now to the journey it’s up to you to finish the job. Therapy is not easy but it’s worth the short term pain for the long term gain. The first day I got on a stationary bike I could only rock the pedal back and forth. Day three I can pedal forward for 12 minutes. Don’t let the first few days decide how to look at therapy. It’s worth the effort.”

“(12/21/22) My goal from day 1 has been to return to my previous active life, enjoying playing with my children and grandchildren, as well as enjoying time with my wife on vacations, golfing with friends and working around the house.”

“(12/21/22) Started physical therapy the same day of surgery at the center. The therapists provided me a list of exercises to complete every day. FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS-DO NOT DEVIATE FROM THEM-DO NOT SLACK OFF. So at home I am completing the regimen twice daily, as well as following the schedule for taking the drugs. The PT comes to the home twice a week to make sure progress is being made and that I am doing the exercises the right way. I was done with the walker and cane after five days. So, now that it has been 12 days after surgery, I am pain free except around to surgical site, which is normal. You might wake up and feel like not following your exercises that day. Wrong. Your exercise schedule was designed for a reason, and you will be only hurting yourself in the long run if you slack off. Think about that. Do you want to drag out the rehab process by not following the plan and perhaps not get to back 100%? I was in good shape (except for the hip and pain) before the surgery and intend on being in BETTER shape with the new hip working with the therapists, and on my own afterwards. Just look at it one workout at a time, and one day at a time. Everyday you will feel better. Swelling has gone done now since I am wearing the fashionable surgical hose. I guess the attitude I am having now is that I am feeling so much better than I had been with the bone on bone the past two years. It’s like having a new lease on life and it’s up to me (you) to take advantage of the newfound agility and get back your health. Don’t want to screw it up by not working the program. Okay, so that’s where I am at now. Good luck. Hope some of this helps. Merry Christmas!”

“(12/20/22) I continue to work hard in my rehabilitation because I love outdoor sports and would like to get back to Pickleball, Tennis and Golf. Walking without pain is also a plus. Also, I feel that my overall outlook improves with my progress. Being competitive makes me work hard to be my best self and that is my motivation. I’m 74 years old and want to continue doing my favorite things.”

“(12/20/22) I wasn’t sure how quickly I would recover from my knee replacement,but to my surprise it was faster than I had ever imagined! The bike in my home, following the daily messages, and Physical Therapy motivated me! So one month afterwards I walking up and down stairs like a normal person and very little pain. I ask myself why did I wait so long to have this done?”

“(12/20/22) I’m looking forward to get back to tennis and pickleball. Ready to be able to do what I want.”

“(12/19/22) I can’t wait to get back to taking long walks in my back pasture with my dogs.”

“(12/19/22) Being able to do activities with my grandkids keeps me motivated. I look forward to zoo outings, watching plays and their sports activities.”

“(12/18/22) Since hip replacement surgery two weeks ago I have experienced positive change and healing literally every single day. This inspires me to keep doing my prescribed exercises and excites me about the future with my new hip. My goals include hiking, swimming and sleeping pain free. With the progress I’ve made in just two weeks post op, I now know these are well within reach.”

“(12/18/22) I wish someone would have told me how exponentially you improve week to week. Week one seemed unbearable, week two I could see the progress and ditched the walker. Week three I was using only a can and by week four I was driving and walking unassisted. Home exercising reinforcing my PT appointments helped me progress faster. Now I’m at five weeks and anticipating what week six will be.”

“(12/17/22) My niece graduated from college today. There were limited family tickets available and as I’m just a little over a week post op, I volunteered to watch the livestream from home. As I watched, I saw where my family was seated and my heart sank. Had I been there in person, I would have had to face my old knees enemy - the bleachers! Their seats were in the 2nd row but with no hand railing, I would have looked like a little old lady clinging to her husband just to be able to make it up those 2 rows. Its an embarrassing position because I’m NOT a little old lady (not yet anyway!). Watching todays graduation was an excellent reminder of just one of the simple normal activity that I will soon be able to do again! I’m getting stronger every day! I have a better range of motion every day too and thats a wonderful feeling! I know that in a couple months when I arrive at my sons volleyball and/or baseball game and need to find a seat in the bleachers, they won’t be my enemy, they will just be the seats in the gym!”

“(12/17/22) My sweet great granddaughter. She is a year old. I tend her 3 days a week. Can’t wait to get back to being able to tend her.”

“(12/17/22) I love every day getting stronger and being able to do simple tasks like putting on and off my socks.”

“(12/15/22) What inspires me to keep working hard after surgery is my family. I had this surgery to enable me to spend more quality time with my husband, children, grandchildren, and future foster children. So despite the pain and challenges, I keep going because I look forward to many active days with my loved ones at the park, zoo, walking trails, and Dollywood!”

“(12/15/22) I work hard in my job. However, I am looking at retirement in a few years. We have worked our whole life to have money to travel. I had gotten in the last year to a point where walking and climbing were difficult and I was beginning to lose balance because of my knee. I don’t want to limp, I don’t want constant pain, I want to enjoy every minute of retirement. I have things to do, places to go and I am going to do all of that with my new knee. I’ve got this!”

“(12/15/22) I was first encouraged with having my partial knee replacement the moment I was scheduled for surgery. I knew from then on my life would improve and I would be able to do all the things I enjoy again. From day one after surgery my knee already felt better. I scheduled therapy the next day immediately after surgery and I have improved leaps and bounds! Yes, some days therapy may be challenging, but the results are so worth the time and effort! I am excited each day to be able to walk more freely without pain again!”

“(12/14/22) This may sound silly but when I do my exercises I like to think it’s breaking up the scar tissue. It motivates me to try a little harder.”

“(12/13/22) I am impaired to continue with my exercises and recovery due to the fact I now have zero pain. I am so excited and thankful to your team for helping me. You have brought me back to life. There are not enough words to express my gratitude.”

“(12/13/22) Riding the bike really helped me. I would start at a comfortable level for a few minutes and inch forward every couple minutes. This really got my knee bending good.”

“(12/12/22) I find inspiration in nature. Living in Utah there are so many wonderful things to do outdoors but my knee has limited my mobility in recent years. While recovering, I look at our beautiful mountains and know that soon I will be back in them hiking without pain.”

“(12/11/22) I want to have my life back. There are so many experiences I want to challenge myself with and I want to return to being an active participant with my grandchildren.”

“(12/11/22) Around the one month mark - the issue changes to more of continual nerve pains. Pain pills don’t seem to help nerve pain … and medication could be changed to a nerve medication instead.”

“(12/11/22) I guess I’m inspired to keep going after surgery, because I want to be active and have a normal gate again. I picture myself doing all the activities I used to be able to do, and that keeps me pushing forward. ”

“(12/11/22) I want to enjoy skiing again. I want to be able to retire and travel without any limitations on my travels. My surgery went wonderfully and the post op has been great. Walking without Walker second day after surgery. I do my exercises 3X/ day.”

“(12/10/22) A number of things have inspired me to work hard on my knee after surgery. The first would be my husband who encourages me every day and helps me day and night. The second is the comfort that God gives me to see me through this difficult time. The third is the wonderful success I had with my first knee and knowledge that it just takes time and hard work to reach the end but it does come and then you are forever grateful. The forth Is my desire to get back to UGANDA to work there and help young people become trained in a skill and in the Bible by January 16th.. So I must say there’s a lot of motivation. Discouragement does come at times and the pain is not under control but I just have to remember why I’m doing this and then it’s worth it.”

“(12/10/22) Hiking in a rugged canyon in Sedona Arizona, gardening, salsa dancing, walking and joining in group activities! Staying active!!”

“(12/10/22) The thought of being able to keep up with my wife in Las Vegas and other places playing golf walking the dog....”

“(12/10/22) There are many reasons why I am motivated to work hard to overcome the side effects of knee replacement surgery and its associated pain.

First some background. I have a long tennis background and as a result have had many surgeries including having both hips replaced, a rebuilt Achilles tendon, rotator cuff surgeries on both arms, etc

However, none of these surgeries prepared me for knee replacement pain. I am about two weeks from date of surgery and have finally arrived at an awareness that I will have to actually push through my pain, something I did not have to deal with in my past surgeries.

In order to do this, I’ve been blessed to have a physical therapist as my partner and another physical therapist I’ve gone to for the other events in my life. Both ladies have been able to gently push me beyond my pain threshold so I am inching towards good motion in the joint. Additionally, the system Dr Hop uses has been a great addition to my support system.

All much appreciated but still a very long way to go.
Thanks to all….”

“(12/10/22) What inspires me to keep working hard is visualizing the things I will be able to do now, that I have not been able to do for a long time . I also reflect on how much better I feel in one knee after my first knee replacement 3 1/2 months ago . To get the same results with my second knee will be life changing for me . I look forward to hiking and walking my dog , pain free . I already feel so much better already and know that if I continue to work hard these results will be lasting.”

“(12/10/22) I think there are a few things that motivate me to push for proper healing after my knee surgery. My wife and I really enjoy traveling. Lots of times the places we visit have tours to get to know the history, the people, the food, architecture, etc. Need to be able to walk comfortably. Lots to look forward to!

Another motivator is our grandkids. Very active, hike, camp, games, sports, etc. I intend to be a willing participant in their growing up and many adventures!!

Then there are my hobbies! There are things I “must” do!!😆

Just take the time and direction of those that know how to get you back on your feet and get out there and enjoy life!!”

“(12/10/22) My goal is to be pain free so I can travel, work fund raising events and football games with my grandson during his high school years in the band. I want to be able to work without fearing my knee won’t hold me up. Simple things in life!! ”

“(12/6/22) I want to be able to walk freely without any device (cane). I am also motivated to do more with my family, grandchildren and friends.”

“(12/5/22) Ice and elevate the first week. It will pay off the next week. I balanced the cold of the ice with a warm blanket and heating pad on my core. Make a list of the fun things you plan to do with your new knee.”

“(12/3/22) I’m inspired to keep moving forward because I see progress, each & every day. My family is a driving force, especially my new granddaughter, whom I can’t wait to hold. I enjoy receiving all the texts because they give me daily benchmarks of where I need to be, and what will help me reach these goals. Thank you. ”

“(12/3/22) What keeps me working hard after surgery to recover faster is being able to take my dog to the park and walk with her and also to be able to play golf again.”

“(12/1/22) I want to be as good as I was when I got my injury when I was 17. 40 years ago I was an Allstate soccer player had reached a high level of martial arts and was going to the Air Force Academy. After my accident in a junior scrimmage basketball game I was never that good at soccer again I was embarrassed because I could not Kneel at my karate school and I was disqualified from the Academy. What a bummer. I am driven to be the best I can be now because now I have a perfect knee again I will Kneel, I will kick, and I will kick ass. This is a form of getting my mojo back. As I will not be afraid to do any activity from now on. All through this surgery I have not felt much pain all I feel is stability and the ability to move like I haven’t been able to for 40 years. This will definitely improve my golf swing as now I will have some power behind me. I strongly suggest anyone who has been waiting to get their knee operated on because of age to just go and do it before you get too old!”

“(11/7/22) I want to dance again!”

“(11/7/22) As while knee replacement surgery isn’t easy, if I keep following their exercise routine and therapy it’s gone better than I expected. I so want to get back to what makes me happy and that Is long bike rides with friends and going on beautiful hikes. I’m 67 but still have goals to compete at Sr Olympics in cycling next summer. So when it’s painful to do another set of quad lifts I remember those goals. And the ice machine has been my dear friend. I think it helps reduce pain better than anything. I heard from others to keep my foot up high while resting and icing. That has helped alot and also working every couple of hours on both flattening my leg straight and gradually bending my knee for more flexion. I hope this helps others through their recovery. It isn’t Easy …but it’s worth it.”

“(11/6/22) What keeps me going is I want to keep going. I was run over by a car 30 years ago, changed my life.
I have been doing some sort of physical therapy for multiple body parts ever since then, nearly every day. So as I said what keeps me going is the desire to keep going”

“(11/6/22) Traveling! And being able to take the hikes and climb the stairs!”

“(11/6/22) I have been a cosmetologist for 50 years and I enjoy the craft. I wanted to rebuild the strength and mobility I had prior to injuring my shoulder and I know from past joint surgeries that it is painful at first but the end result is very much worthwhile. I am four weeks after surgery now and regaining mobility and I feel blessed to be where I am in recovery. ”

“(11/5/22) My grandchildren and being able to walk with them, be more active with them. I want to be able to walk my dog as much as she wants to walk. I am looking forward for this to heal so the second one can be done. ”

“(11/4/22) Expecting more pain and longer recovery I have been delighted to have easily managed pain and a straight leg within one week post surgery. I am challenged to get full range of motion but that is progressing steadily. My goal is to be standing strong by Thanksgiving to help cook my family’s traditional meal. I expect to continue to improve and enjoy playing with my young grandson during the Christmas season.”

“(11/4/22) My motivation after surgery has come from my desire to garden. Having my hands in the dirt and tending to plants is very enjoyable for me. I believe looking forward to the joy of gardening is inspirational in being able to go through pain and discomfort of knee replacement for me. Finding joy and purpose is my focus!”

“(11/2/22) It’s been 2 weeks now since my replacement. I have had ups and downs, more pain some days than others, especially after exercising my leg. Trying to get comfortable for bed has been frustrating.
However, receiving almost daily communication about what to expect and reminders about what to be working on, has been very motivating and inspiring.
They give me a boost of encouragement to work through the physical exercises, pain and all, and know that I am slowly improving by the day. PT confirms my successful improvement with each session.”

“(11/2/22) I have time to think of things aI want to do with my husband, now that he is retired, and in order to to those things, I must get back on my feet and back in walking , moving shape. I have a long term goal.”

“(11/2/22) I had put off my hip replacement surgery longer then I should have. I was in constant pain and walking very minimal. After surgery, I have faithfully iced, elevated and done all exercises as instructed. I’m less then two weeks after surgery and feel like I’m doing good and on track with a successful new hip. I am very grateful and want to thank everyone evolved for the opportunity to have my future and life back!”

“(11/1/22) What keeps me motivated is wanting to be able to walk outside on my own power and feel no pain. Continue to work hard follow instructions from my physical therapist, nurses and doctors so I can return back to where I was and even better. Looking forward to being able to do this and return to the gym and being able to drive my car again. I keep working hard to achieve these goals and continue working on getting stronger and better than I was.”

“(11/1/22) I’m looking forward to a full life of pickle ball, long walks, hiking, yoga and playing golf without knee pain.”

“(10/30/22) My goal is to get back to work the same hours I worked before surgery. I’m very bored sitting at home and I’m working but not as many hours.”

“(10/30/22) Surgery of any kind isn’t easy, while it takes care of the problem and discomfort because of the condition there is discomfort in recovery as well. The recovery though is to help you achieve the result you want to lead a more comfortable quality of life. Every day I notice an improvement and that is what makes me motivated to keep on with the exercises or therapy that is required. It will take time but it so worth it.”

“(10/29/22) I hear from people the end result is worth it. I am doing what is going to get me there. I feel better every day. ”

“(10/28/22) What with three years of inactivity (pandamec and two knee replacements) I’m more than ready to enjoy life again.Planning on golfing, gardening, traveling and walking normally again. This is enough to motivate me.”

“(10/26/22) My family and my passion for riding my horse, Dooley, are my big inspirations. I don’t even consider that it isn’t going to do well. That isn’t even an option! ”

“(10/26/22) I am very grateful for the daily texts. It’s important for me to be reminded of all the work and details that are “my job” right now. The texts bring a clarity to each recovery day and dispel any fear lurking in the process. I’m only a phone call away from the surgery staff. Dr Yerasimides is a marvelously talented surgeon and he has a wonderful staff. I’m feeling better everyday.
Love those texts! 😊”

“(10/24/22) I remind myself to keep doing my exercises every day ,so that I can , hopefully, recover quickly. I realize that everyone is different in their recovery journey and I take one day at a time… I have to ignore the fact that my friends “ friend” was walking around the golf course 3 weeks after surgery without assistance!!”

“(10/24/22) Every time I mention I’ve had a hip replacement, I discover someone else who’s had a joint replaced. The new friend inevitably has good suggestions for a newby like me. By sharing, I’ve gained so many new friendships and lots of helpful advice.”

“(10/24/22) I want to be able to enjoy going to state fair next year with my grandkids.”

“(10/24/22) My goal is getting backing to being active - going to the gym… traveling… working the garden and-spending time with my family. I want to be the best I can be!

Thank you for your great care!”

“(10/23/22) Walking is tiring but I am so happy afterwards. It seems that, after a nap, the hip is magically stronger. I guess the activity is healing my leg.”

“(10/23/22) My family and I enjoy traveling together and attending baseball games all over the country. We have plans to travel in 2023 to see the Chicago Cubs and the St. Louis Cardinals play abroad in London. I’m hopeful that all of my hard work will pay off and that we will be able to travel again for baseball!

I’m also a very independent person and I can’t stand the thought of not being able to do everything for myself right now. After three weeks of recovery, I’m ready to get out and about, hence, my physical therapy is intense and I’m grateful for that as it will allow me to recover more easily and on my schedule, as opposed to just taking it easy.

I’m definitely looking forward to having my other knee replaced once I recover from the initial surgery. It’s definitely made a difference in my life in a positive way. ”

“(10/22/22) The thing that keeps me going after surgery is knowing that with physical therapy, I will get to a better place than I was before surgery. A place without pain when I walk.”

“(10/20/22) I try to push past the pain to keep moving without causing injury. I’ve learned from past knee replacement surgeries that exercise is important. Exercise makes for quicker recovery. ”

“(10/20/22) What inspires me is to look forward in this process. I was in so much pain for years before this. I’m in my late 50’s and going to be enjoying my final chapter of life coming up. Yeah it’s a minor set back, but the work and effort to come back will be well worth it. Stay strong and positive.”

“(10/19/22) Do all your rehab it really helps. It seems to take a while but think of how it was when you started. I’m very happy with my new knee is way better than it was before.”

“(10/18/22) I want to age gracefully without pain.”

“(10/18/22) I’ve had to use a walker since May. At 73 y/o I’m too young for that so my goal was to only use a cane two weeks after my 2nd hip surgery.

On my 10 post up day I was able to put away the walker. Looking forward to loosing the cane before the end of October. 13 days from now”

“(10/18/22) I had my total knee replacement surgery 5 weeks ago now. It’s been a challenge but every day I make progress and I am constantly reminded about what my father used to say and that is that difficult things are usually worthwhile. Celebrate small victories and milestones and trust that the end will justify your temporary discomfort. If you think you can do it you will. Trust yourself and Godspeed. 👍”

“(10/17/22) Eager to keep up with therapy so second knee will be as successful as the first one done 3 months ago.”

“(10/17/22) I am motivated by the thought that I can move actively through every day without hip pain! I like to garden, hike, snow ski & generally MOVE a lot. I am not a sedentary human. This is my second (& last!) hip replacement and I’ve been careful to do the suggested self-rehab and it WORKS! The Kelley team is a dream team to me.”

“(10/17/22) I have found these SMSs informative and inspirational. I felt Riaz knew exactly what I was going through. I felt it invaluable to know what I could and should be doing and when. The exercises the physio at Hollywood gave me became my bible and I could feel my knee bending that little bit more. I was amazed after my first acqua/physio class how exhausted I felt. But all the time the SMS kept me going forward. Walking a bit further every day.
So glad I did not get put off by friends and relatives saying how painful it all was, how the operation “did not work”. All I can say is, put in the work and you get the rewards of a successful operation.”

“(10/16/22) It’s some simple things that inspire me. I’ve had two replacements. Today I boiled a chicken. I deboned the chicken while standing the entire time. That didn’t happen after the first replacement because I still had a bad knee. I feel so happy to see progress that was unexpected. I am elated about my progress!!!”

“(10/15/22) I am working very hard following surgery because I am striving for the best possible recovery. Everyone I know who has had knee replacement surgery stresses the importance of doing all the exercises. Hard work now is crucial to achieve a good recovery.”

“(10/14/22) This is my second hip replacement in six months. I’ve found that I feel much better in my head and physically if I go outside at least once a day. I set my phone to go off every hour and get up. It hurts, but dang, you will feel better and better each day. I would make a loop to the bathroom and back. Each day that loop gets bigger. I go outside and if all I can do is walk out there and stand for a few minutes, I did it. Sit outside if you have that option. The sun will help your mood and your body heal.
I slowly take longer and longer walks. You may be sore the next day but that soreness is leading to a stronger body and mind. It’s so worth it!!”

“(10/10/22) First things first, the stronger you are and the better in shape you are going into the replacement surgery, the faster your recovery. Once an out patient, pay attention to the messages sent by Dr. *’s team. They help keep you focused. It’s okay to take the pain killers, especially in those first couple of weeks. PT is like chores, you just do it! What are you hoping to do soon? Golf? Dancing? Walking? Back to working out?Chasing your grand kids around? These things can help you push through the rough times. A couple of friends preceded my surgery by a month or so. They said around 4 weeks is when you noticeably felt better. I felt so too. Six weeks out I’m walking up and down stairs with little to no pain. ”

“(10/10/22) Everyday I notice that I am moving better and doing the exercises that were prescribed helps me to increase my strength. The goal going into surgery was to be able to walk with little pain and I must say I can definitely feel the improvement.”

“(10/10/22) I had total knee replacement 12 days ago. The automated messages kept me going. It’s easy to lose hope and not see the light at the end of the tunnel. Not only should you try your hardest at PT and at home, but be sure to take care of your mental health. Mental Health is just as important. I was fortunate to have people around me to cheer me on. With having a partial replacement 5 years ago, I know the outcome is worth it. I know I will be pain free and able to enjoy not only walking, but going camping and walking around fairs. You’re doing a great job and you can do this!”

“(10/10/22) I have 5 beautiful grandchildren ages 7,6,5,4,3. They are always on the go. I want to be able to keep up with them and enjoy all the fun times pain free.
I also look forward to plain and simple walking without a limp and without severe pain in each step.
I can feel the difference already at 2 weeks post surgery. I am so determined to keep working hard to reach my goals! One day at a time!!! ❤️”

“(10/9/22) I’m looking forward to being able to walk without using a cane!”

“(10/9/22) Hi what inspired me to go forward after surgery was the doctors, nurses and friends notes to me. To exercise and keep going forward and do not give up. Seeing that everyday I’m getting better threw exercising and rest when needed. Listen to your body. I’m using this time to rest and take care of me in mind, body and spirit ❤️‍🩹 🙏 have a amazing recovery ❤️”

“(10/8/22) I’ve been adamant about getting my sessions in, so helpful. At my house the very next day after surgery. I have graduated to outpatient therapy. Have an amazing therapist. So I am moving forward and working hard for complete recovery. I am 76 years old, but very active. I normally walk every day. I love hiking and biking. I do yoga and pilates, plus I have a rowing machine that I enjoy using. So, goal is to return as soon as possible to all my activities. I also have a left knee replacement that is still working great and though I am now 10 years older, I want to keep on doing all that I can without pain. I still am experiencing minor pain, and recovery is never easy but so worthwhile. So onward we go!! To anyone getting discouraged, I say keep pushing forward. It will be worth it and YOU (WE) CAN DO THIS!!!! ”

“(10/6/22) I am one to push myself, hard. Type A personality and knee replacement together are both a blessing and a curse. Blessing because I pushed myself hard and only needed three weeks of PT. When I graduated PT I thought it will be much easier now because I’m there. Wrong that’s the curse. I’m currently at five weeks out today and still pushing myself to keep my numbers but the pain and stiffness are very present. I find when I do my post PT exercises it feels better. Each day is a gift because I know this pain will pass where the pain pre surgery never would have. Keep positive, keep pushing, and most of all don’t give up! My story continues.”

“(10/4/22) My world had gotten smaller and smaller as the pain got worse. Hurt to ride very far, hurt to Walk very far once I got somewhere, hurt to sit too long or feared not being able to find a place to sit after walking sometime short distances, being the one who just couldn’t ….. I am so excited to look ahead to road trips, a beach trip in November, visiting with family, shopping and walking in the mall, going out to lunch, gardening, simply going to the library or grocery shopping. I am looking for my old, normal life without pain and so excited to have a chance to get it back.”

“(10/3/22) Second knee done!! I work hard because my grandkids r important to me and I don’t want to be a Grandma who just watches and sits!! All r in sports !!”

“(10/3/22) Be very kind to YOURSELF, you are doing your best and don’t forget it! “Cut yourself slack and pat your own back”. ”

“(10/3/22) What motivates me is the progress that I see everyday when I do my exercises and walking. It also helps to have a surgeon who is extremely good at what he does. It gives me so much confidence to work hard almost like a hockey coach that you want to please because you want to be successful! Work hard and the results will come.”

“(10/3/22) There’s so much life to experience yet ,, and being able to be mobile is so much a plus !!”

“(10/2/22) I have suffered with knee pain for many years and after a very successful surgery I want to get well to be able to do things with my grandchildren and great grandchildren. They are my inspiration. I want to be able to do the things I haven’t been able to do, such as gardening, walking and just getting around with out pain.”

“(10/2/22) I keep a chart of all exercises I’m supposed to do hourly and two-three times daily. I check what I’ve accomplished on the hour and daily, and write down steps every hour or so. I’m trying to walk 1.5-2.0 miles daily. I also write on the chart when I take IBU and Tylenol, alternating them every four hours. I’ve learned from experience that if I don’t log it, it often doesn’t happen. My operative knee degree is now at 100 degrees. I’m working to gain 110. ”

“(10/1/22) Anticipation of doing activities with family and living without constant pain🙌”

“(9/29/22) The desire to do the things I like to do without pain anymore. Like walking on rougher trails, riding my bike with my husband, shopping for more than one store.”

“(9/27/22) I continue to work hard for selfish reasons; I want to feel great! I follow all instructions and precautions because I wouldn’t take unnecessary chances nor would I disrespect the work the surgeon did.”

“(9/26/22) Recovery is important because after a life time or avoiding exercise when I had my first knee surgery 6 yrs ago I joined a health club and my quality of life improved. This second knee surgery will enable me to continue this road toward a healthy life style.”

“(9/26/22) Each week there is am improvement of some kind and soon I will be able to play with my grandkids again and go to their soccer and football games!”

“(9/26/22) My inspiration comes from getting back to normal. My family needs me to be functional again. Also I’ve dealt with this intense pain for so long I’m looking forward to living pain free. ”

“(9/25/22) I have always been a very positive person who likes to have goals and challenges in life.

So when I had my knee surgery I made a daily goal of what I was going to accomplish, by keeping track of my daily steps, my daily excercises and my daily medications.”

“(9/25/22) I am motivated to work hard on my recovery because I’m anxious to get back to doing activities I love, without pain, like long walks, swimming and bicycle riding. I have a beach vacation coming up in February that I intend to be in my best possible shape for! Plus I’m anxious to be more independent.”

“(9/25/22) My motivation comes from how my hip affected the vast majority of things I previously enjoyed to do and have been unable to. My motivation is to have the mobility to enjoy the activities I previously took for granted, with hopefully no pain!”

“(9/24/22) For the first time in many years I am out of pain! I feel like the luckiest person alive. Whatever I need to do to to get stronger and maximize the time I have left, I will do. I keep my eye on travel and spending time with those I love.”

“(9/22/22) My main motivation for a great recovery is continuing the lifestyle that I love. Staying active with skiing, snowshoeing, hiking with my dog and playing pickleball.”

“(9/21/22) My inspiration to keep working on my recovery from my knee replacements is to be able to be more productive and get back to the things I enjoy doing without pain. Each day of progress is a huge win and continues to encourage me.”

“(9/19/22) Knowing my grandson is on his way soon. Everyday I try harder and harder so I can be able to take care of him. ”

“(9/19/22) Your daily text are great! They arrive on schedule with occurring development. Physical therapy is a motivation for doing what is needed on a daily basis.”

“(9/19/22) I am working hard to be able to work with my new horse and foal!”

“(9/18/22) After I made the decision to have the surgery, I felt motivated to do whatever it took to have a successful recovery in a time period that would be expedious. So I went into rehab thinking I would be focused on these goals instead of being hanging around the house Working on the rehab also would quicken ending or moderating the pain. My goals were accomplished through working with the PT professionals who provided guidance and knowledge to guide me through rehab.”

“(9/18/22) I am inspired to work hard and recover quickly from hip replacement surgery so that I can be fully present for my husband who will likely be having heart surgery within the month. He has been the best caregiver and coach ever during my recovery, and I plan to be there for him as he continues to be there for me.”

“(9/17/22) I’m retired, 67 years old. I decide to get knee replacement surgery after a trip to Ireland with my siblings. The pain I had in my knees due to the walking up and down the hills and cliffs made my trip less than the trip my brothers and sister experienced. I am planning a return trip to Ireland in June, 15 months after the previous trip. This trip is with college friends and I’ll be darned if I will go with the same pain I had on the previous trip

I am working hard on the health of my knees in able to enjoy future trips in my retirement.”

“(9/17/22) The text I get from you everyday with lots of reminders and tips are so inspiring and encouraging. I am keeping a positive attitude and it’s making a big difference for my recovery. I have lots of family and friends praying for me and cheering me on and thank God for my husband who I call “nurse husband” he’s the best. I can’t wait to go back to work and share my experience with my Co-workers.”

“(9/12/22) I know that if I don’t acquire the full bend in my knee in the first few weeks after surgery, I will not be able to obtain it later. That makes me work hard.

I know how much it hurt when the PT bent and straightened my knee after my first knee replacement. So I always work very hard, on my own, bending my knee further than at my previous PT session. It’s easier to slowly get that extra degree of bending, myself, than it is to go through the excruciating pain of having the PT do it for you.”

“(9/12/22) Knowing I am able to walk and get around much better than before surgery keeps me going. ”

“(9/12/22) Biggest inspiration is to work through the pain of the surgery & post rehab requirements - gotta get through “this” pain to find the gain … still looking for it!”

“(9/11/22) Had my second hip replacement surgery on August 29, 2022. My first hip surgery was in 2016. I am amazed I can walk slowly and steadily to my bathroom and kitchen without my crutches this second week of recovery! My first hip surgery recovery took a much longer time to get to where I am already with my second! I have found Dr. *’s daily text messages very helpful and inspiring in keeping me on track with daily exercises, but also being careful to not overdue, very important to not get overly confident! (Didn’t have these messages after my first surgery.) I am able to do all exercises except the supine hip abduction as it is is still painful. I can do the standing hip abduction without pain so I do it readily. But I keep trying to do a few of the supine hip abduction, hoping it will get easier as time goes by. I realize these exercises are most important to do to strengthen my thigh muscles which will help me walk better and that is truly my motivation and goal!”

“(9/11/22) Encouragement from family and friends and telling myself that I am strong and will be successful if I work at it everyday. Self-motivation.

Not being too hard on myself and applauding my improvement from day to day however small.

The text messages and videos from Dr. * have been so helpful. I look forward to receiving them every day. What a great idea.

Setting goals and reminding myself that, in the scheme of things, being able to walk with my new hip in four to six weeks is really a short period of time.

Celebrating going down to one crutch and then no crutch motivates me to do even more to get to full recovery.

Eating well, but rewarding myself with a few chocolate treats now and then, has also inspired me to continue to push forward.”

“(9/11/22) I am a 52 yr old Ballroom dance teacher that owns her own studio. Dancing has been my life and it took a toll on my hip.
I am so motivated to get back to teaching because I love being able to show adults how to be comfortable on the dance floor in a social setting.
It’s hard when you are the only teacher and you are incapacitated. Looking forward to the short recovery time and plan to resume lessons 1 month post surgery.”

“(9/11/22) What keeps me inspired are my goals.

Pictures in my head of me walking on the beach again, walking to the market, and taking up golf for fun with family and friends. Going to Europe again and seeing Poland this time!”

“(9/10/22) The ability to get back to a “normal” lifestyle, what ever that is! I am a caregiver for two elderly family members and need to get back in the groove again. And I miss driving!!”

“(9/10/22) I had postponed having surgery knowing the pain and recovery that went along with the normal surgery. Fortunately, I have a wonderful primary doctor that stays up to latest procedures! Following her advice, I am very lucky to have an “updated” doctor on my knee replacement (even after another doctor switched my choice to him but my doctor cleared that up immediately.) My recovery is simple and challenging but I will “survive”!”

“(9/10/22) I choose to be independent as possible and I like being able to have a part time job as long as I want to work. It’s all in having a positive attitude and being self motivated. Dr *’s daily text messages were helpful and inspiring to help me get back on my feet.”

“(9/7/22) What keeps me working hard on my progress is my wish to hike and do Zumba again. I love both of these and have not been able to do them for 4 years.
I am 64 and my 70 and 80 year old friends still do all those activities.
The sooner I recover, the sooner I can rejoin them. Thank for your your encouraging words and your faith in me that I can do this. I’m over the first hump and excited to do the next.
Thank you so much.”

“(9/6/22) I saw the Orthopaedics team last Friday, 12 days post surgery. After that appointment, we met one of our grandchildren and took the train north for lunch, then back south before heading grocery shopping and home. A full and happy day. (I even climbed the stairs in the train to the top floor for a better view.)

I am inspired to keep working at my recovery and physical therapy because I desire to live fully. I want to resume time with family and friends, picnicking after a challenging hike or bike ride. I look forward to once again skiing in our beautiful mountain snow and snowshoeing on other trails, either enjoying company of friends, or communing with nature and the sights and sounds one can experience in solitude.

I am inspired to work hard after surgery by the same things that motivated me to have a total hip replacement in the first place: enjoying the people, places and activities I love, pain free.”

“(9/6/22) The things that keep me motivated to work and do my exercises after surgery are:
I want to get strong again
I want to feel a sense of “normalcy” again
I want to return to previous physical activities and fun
I want to continue to love and care for myself in a healthy way.”

“(9/5/22) My wife’s health has been getting worse, constantly fatigued since receiving vaccines and constant infections...I want to be physically capable to take care of her, and also bring her joy planting flowers she so loves in our yard to enjoy during her outdoor reading time. ”

“(9/4/22) I realize it has only been a few weeks and a long road lies ahead. My great-grandson, 2 years old, lives with me and doesn’t quite understand what’wrong. He grabs my hand and says “mon ma”. Meaning come on ma. It’s just all my family who are my inspiration to go on. The pain is worse than my first. Maybe they had to work harder on the leg. I’ll get over it because of “FAMILY” and friends.”

“(8/31/22) I have been waiting for 6 months to do this surgery. My problem was metalosis. My issue was scheduling this. I am thankful to Dr. * and staff for the great care they gave me. I will be a compliant patient to insure a great outcome.”

“(8/30/22) I continue to do my PT exercises both at the venue and at home. I want to be able to play Pickleball with friends again and be able to walk and get up and down from the floor without pain.
I am happy with my progress so far!”

“(8/30/22) I’m motivated by the text messages from Dr. *. They are motivating, encouraging and informative. Very good exercises!!

I want to be able to walk and resume my physical activities, i.e., walking, water aerobics, shopping, etc. I want to be able to walk, sit, and drive without pain.”

“(8/28/22) It was this past Mothers Day when my daughter took me to celebrate and I could hardly get from the restaurant to the car that it all became clear- time to get your life back. You don’t give up when there are options….. isn’t it scarier to see where your mobility is going if you do nothing than face surgery and recovery? I am all in , with great doctor and team picked, amazing support of family and friends and a trust in myself to work hard… time to write the story of my new left hip! On my journey of recovery now and not looking back….and can’t wait for all the new walks taken, new countries explored and the freedom mobility gives you. Good luck to all on a similar journey , keep pushing through the bad days to get to the good ones!”

“(8/28/22) My inspiration is to get the best possible outcome after choosing to be fileted and deboned this way. Replacing a joint is a miraculous thing to me. Not going to let all the gifted and kind people who worked so hard at making this possible down. My issue WAS left hip, bone on bone, ostearthritis that got progressively worse during covid.

My husband is beginning to have symptoms of idiopathic peripheral neuropathy in his feet and we know from caring for his Mom what that will look like in 10 years or so. . I’d like to be able to keep being a partner to him and be ready to pick up the slack rather than limp and groan my way through the rest of our lives. Our kids have enough to do just getting their yoing lives set up to be taking care of us. While a handicapped parking tag would be nice. Not needing one will be nicer still.

12 days post total hip replacement, I still battle with the fear of the unknown, but each day is easier. Boring as all get out because right now I’m still in the no bending , twisting or otherwise mutilate the new joint phase, but when I do feel pain it is not like the arthritis pain of 12 days ago.I am not feeling a crumbling infrastructure when I walk. I still use the walker to prevent making the wrong moves. That is so cool.

My amazing surgical team also corrected a slight discrepancy between the length of the leg that I’ve had for 69 years. This will also alleviate other issues that were caused by this and the arthritis. Like I said earlier, this is a miracle. ”

“(8/24/22) With my first knee replacement I did not try hard. I hated the pain. This time I have worked twice as hard and I am progressing faster than I ever imagined. Some days are tough but you have to keep reminding yourself that you are going to feel better than ever when you walk!”

“(8/24/22) I had hip replacement surgery two weeks ago.
What has been my primary motivation to heal?
I have seven grandchildren, with whom I spend many days at the beach throughout the year. Those times and memories-made are precious as we bike, walk, fish, swim, beach-comb and enjoy each other. This past year, those movements have been difficult.
Each day, as I exercise now, I think of those upcoming times and am so delighted that I’ll be able to join those fun activities
again...soon. ”

“(8/24/22) I was blessed to have been raised properly by my parents! I was taught that “a job worth doing is worth doing well “ I chose him to treat me because of his skill and dedication to his profession. Thus I figured if he does his part well; It is only proper that I do my best to follow his instructions to the best of my ability! This includes before, during and after the procedure..
I could only imagine how much joy it would be to get back to my routine activities! Determination is probably the best suggestion I could give to any future clients 👍”

“(8/23/22) A successful knee replacement improves my quality of life. With bone on bone I was dragging my leg and each time I looked in the mirror it depressed me. ”

“(8/22/22) I created a text chat with 10 friends. Some have had knee replacements. When I am feeling down and/or impatient I send out a text explaining what’s going on with me. Within minutes I get responses cheering me on. From those on the list that are closet to me I get more. Sometimes they address me in a more direct manner about it being okay to feel sorry for myself, but time is up with the pity party! This helps me a lot and it reminds me how much my friends care about me. Someone always sends me something that makes me laugh too.
So that’s what is working for me!”

“(8/21/22) The only thing worse than doing the exercises is not doing them.😫”

“(8/21/22) I know it feels rough right now and physical therapy might be painful but I promise the outcome is very worth it, continue to push yourself and do the exercises along with icing your knee several times a day to help reduce swelling and pain. You’ve got this laughter, smiles and motivation also help keep going and take care.”

“(8/21/22) On the day of surgery , I was amazed that I didn’t feel nauseous nor did I vomit. I do remember carrying on a conversation and having dinner. My pain level was controlled so I expected that I was gonna have better days.

The next day, and the days after, I realized my pain wasn’t ignored by the staff because they had a schedule to check on me and my pain and whenever I pushed the assist button they were there. I felt like I mattered to them. My comfort and healing were at the top of their lists.

Pain was my biggest fear and the nursing staff alleviated that fear for me. When the physical therapists came in, I was ready to walk or whatever they had planned for me. I didn’t fear the pain that might come afterward because I knew the staff had me covered. Don’t misunderstand the way they gave me meds. I was on a schedule and I only had one breakthrough event when the pain came back unexpectedly; they handled it.

So, the alleviation of fear helped me continue to look forward to more healing. I was ready to move forward with therapy and on to my home healing. Even today I am not afraid. ”

“(8/20/22) To be able to walk like I was able to before and be able to hike the mountains again!”

“(8/16/22) It is my desire to be fully rehabilitated following knee replacement surgery almost two weeks ago. I am excited to experience life without pain.

The daily text messages are very helpful. Especially since my home physical therapy has not yet begun. My goal is a successful and complete recovery.”

“(8/16/22) My journey to normal has been nothing but unbelievable. I could walk the next day. Within three days, walking without a cane. Absolutely no pain. I encourage everyone to stick with the exercises. It gets better every day.”

“(8/16/22) I simply want my life back. I want to be able to walk - properly and pain-free. I want to bicycle, swim, yoga, pickleball, golf, downhill skiing... most importantly, I want to be able to play with my grandchildren.

I know I can do all of that and more, if I spend time now properly recovering. Doing the exercises, even when I don’t want to.

And the best part? I will be able to do it all, and better than before because I will have a functioning left hip that I did not have before.”

“(8/15/22) For me, staying alive up_to surgery has been soul-wracking. A life beyond pain seemed impossible. I weep as I write.

Staying active and alive after surgery now seems a no-brainer, when I get there ... this Lifetime or next.
1. Oxygenated blood, squish -squashing through my body’s veins. Is anything better?
2. Sounds of Nature singing on sweet breezes of pine and mountain rain. Is anything sweeter?
3. The place on the trail where whispers of wind and water merge, and become Eternal? Will I hear it this life-time again?
4. Ability and stamina to put my retirement together, after paying everyone else’s way, so so long. Can it happen?”

“(8/15/22) Pain free walks with the dogs.
Longer bike rides.
Not always being the first one needing to sit down”

“(8/14/22) My right knee has been painful and swollen for many years. In recent years my tibia bone has begun to move outward causing misalignment of my hip, knee, and foot. My knee has been very painful and and often locks up when walking. Since the surgery my leg is perfectly straight and the pain in my hip is even starting to show signs of subsiding. This process has been painful, but worth every amount of effort to finally have a straight leg that does not lock up when I walk. I can actually walk normally without a limp and no longer appear deformed from the very crooked leg. This is tremendously motivating!! It has also been very motivating to receive Dr *’s texts that have helped me stay on task and know that it is ok to feel exhausted and take all the time I need to rest and recover. ”

“(8/14/22) You’ve got this. It’s that simple. Anyone who is recovering from joint replacement surgery understands pain and how to keep moving though it. Yes, the intensity of the surgical pain is new (and maybe even a little overwhelming at times) but dig deep into your own intense well of motivation and get it done. Keep your eye on the horizon. Again: you’ve got this.”

“(8/13/22) I have a trip planned that will require more walking than most trips. This surgery will allow more mobility than I had prior to surgery. This is my second knee surgery and I am very pleased with the progress being made compared to my first knee replacement. Great team and surgeon.”

“(8/13/22) The reason I do the little exercises that they gave me the day of surgery it’s really to be sure I do not get any blood clots.
After feeling stronger, walking more, doing the Stand up exercises, i’ve got a purpose, a goal.
I am looking forward to PT even though I know they will push me to a certain limit. I want to get to that limit.
And I want to go back to work and back to my life with no pain. It has been three years with pain in the right hip. Exercise is not something I did!
I know the pain that I have now is going away. It is not something I will have to live with,(fingers crossed) ! As today is a good day !
I also want to let people 60 and over know that you can still get through this . Even if you are not an athlete or in the best of shape..”

“(8/13/22) First and foremost I’m inspired to keep working hard with my exercises, diet, and healing process because of the treatment I’ve received from the very first visit to Dr. *’s office until the surgery. I can’t say enough about how accommodating informative and all around helpful this team has been. That inspires me to do my part so I can have the best results for complete healing. I’m just about two weeks in and I’m walking with a cane as needed, I’m able to do my laundry, shower and exercise pretty freely. Hopefully your experience has been equally positive. Keep doing the exercises and icing and resting we’ll bounce back better than ever.”

“(8/9/22) I have my walking buddies waiting patiently for me to get back to shape to resume our regular walking sessions.”

“(8/9/22) Finishing out the last few weeks of PT, I want to get my knee as strong as possible so I can start walking again, outdoors during the Fall and on the treadmill when winter approaches. I look forward to next spring and summer walking at least10 miles a week and losing 20 lbs. that’s good motivation, I’d say!”

“(8/9/22) I do my best at PT to regain strength and movement in my new knee. My goal is to play Pickleball again as soon as I’m cleared to do that.”

“(8/9/22) I kept telling myself, if I just ate more heathy and pushed through the pain while exercising, my hip pain would resolve itself. I did promise myself if the pain started affecting my day to day quality of life I would look into surgery. The problem with that was, it happened so gradually I kept adjusting to the newest pain and accommodating for my hip. With the help from my son in law, who is a chief resident at UofU in orthopedics, and my other family members that helped me see that my quality of life had become completely effected by the pain, I made the decision to move forward with surgery.
I am 63 and on day 12 of recovery. I was able to discontinue my narcotic pain meds after day 4. The otc meds are working for me, as long as I don’t skip a dose. I am walking around the house mostly unassisted, however if I feel unstable I do grab my crutch.
When I realized I had resolved myself to the fact that my active life, (workouts, walking my dog, gardening, playing with and not just watching my grandkids play) it was time to get better. Thank you to my team for taking such exceptional care of me.”

“(8/9/22) I’m inspired to keep working on my recovery by my children. ”

“(8/8/22) Not all physical therapy is the same! Like finding the right doctor, it maybe not be the right fit for you.

Having a good team in place will make all the difference in your recovery. I switched PT organizations and the difference has been night and day! I am finally progressing in strides, pain free. Yes, it’s challenging and uncomfortable, but it is doable.

Stay focused, rest, elevate and ice is your friend! Today, is 4-1/2 weeks and I went for a mile walk.

Everyday is a blessing and I am grateful to be turning the corner. Stick with it! It’s worth every step!”

“(8/8/22) The fact that Dr. * had faith in fixing me. This inspires me to do my exercises and get stronger every day. I had been in severe pain for over 5 years, after being to several doctors, who wouldn’t touch me because I’m over weight, Dr. * came to my rescue. I am walking with no pain. Can’t wait to see what my future looks like. Thank you Dr. *, you gave me the will to walk again, play golf and now the sky is the limit. You inspire me to become a better person, I am no longer depressed after meeting this man. THANK YOU FOR GIVING ME MY LIFE BACK”

“(8/8/22) Before my surgery, my world was growing smaller and smaller. After surgery, the difference is that day by day, step by step, my world is growing larger and larger. I’m going to hike in the woods, kayak on the rivers, and swim in the ocean!”

“(8/7/22) What has inspired me the most is knowing the discomfort, pain, and how my life style was changed over the last years with my knee issues, and now with the two new knee replacements is going to move my life and lifestyle back to a more normal one. I wish to get back to as complete recovery as possible and that inspires me to not take any shortcuts with physical therapy. I always have been very active being an outdoorsman, sports, gardening, doing manual labor and just living an active lifestyle. My goal is to be able to get back to doing those things I really enjoy. Another goal of mine has been to return to some European travel and I’ve certainly been unable to do that these last years with my knee and walking issues. Hopefully, eventually I can do that again. ”

“(8/7/22) I have found inspiration for my recovery by praying for strength and also by approaching the physical therapy as a challenge in which I compete with myself. I seek to do more exercises with a higher pain tolerance each day and I have noticed the reward of increased mobility the very next day . I write down the number exercises and repetitions each day In a notebook, as well as the progress I am making with walking and weening off of the narcotics . I pray for strength every day and visualize the ability to return to the activities I love and have not been able to do for some time now .”

“(8/3/22)
Playing with our one year old granddaughter
Need to knock doors for * candidates for 11/8 election
Travel
Drive as long as I want
Do what I want to do unrestricted by previous knee pain or weakness.
I don’t know any better than just work hard to do better
My PT at Performance Rehab, listened to my request to push me hard!

Start where you are. Use what you have. Do what you can. Arthur Ashe”

“(8/3/22) If you keep up your therapy, you notice that your knee is getting back to normal little by little. You can start to notice a greater range of motion. Keep it up!”

“(8/3/22) The Text’s from MD office - actually remind me that what is occurring is normal or what to expect it has reassured me several times now

Therapy - next to the MD office since they know the provider, they tell me what is normal and what is not and what the doctor expects at this point in recovery.

Having one ( more than one but specially the same person in the journey to be aware of what is normal as well ) has also reminded me to work hard and to see my progress.”

“(8/3/22) Positive comments from family and friends helps me.”

“(8/2/22) I was sent to Physical Therapy several times prior to surgery. Every time it felt worse than the day before. I became so frustrated with no hope in site. I am a Girl Scout leader and hosted a banquet 2 weeks before surgery. I could not sit still in the seat because my hip was hurting so bad. I had my surgery. I went back to the same banquet hall less than 2 weeks after surgery I could sit in the chair without a problem. I still have some pain from my incision, but it is so much more tolerable. I had become very depressed, but now I see the light at the end of the tunnel. Surgery has been my saving grace. It was so much easier than I anticipated and the results are amazing! Good luck to anyone going in. You can do this!”

“(8/2/22) Before getting my knee replacement walking was very painful. Now, I am amazed that standing and walking is more comfortable than sitting. In PT I have responded well to the weekly goals set for me and work hard to beat expectations. Was so proud this week to outpace my goal for 110 degree bend in my knee, made it to 114!!!!”

“(7/31/22) Dancing at my daughters wedding!
Walking without a limp!
Taking walks on a brisk autumn morning!
Going back to Jazzercise!
Getting out of a chair without arms!”

“(7/29/22) The inspiration to getting my knee better is easy. I want to be pain free. I have lived with knee pain for 5 years and just want to live a pain free life!”

“(7/29/22) I am 62 and ready to get back to life, I am on day 11 and I am walking without my walker and my cane, before I had to stop all the things I enjoyed, walking. I can’t wait to go walking without pain, going on hikes, playing with my grandchildren and my dogs.”

“(7/27/22) I think how blessed I am to receive a new lease on life given to me by such a great Doctor and team. I work everyday for the future freedom I desire. ”

“(7/26/22) My two new hips are life changing! I have 3 children and 4 grandchildren. Lots of family fun in the future! My FOMO is very strong! This is a Godsend!”

“(7/25/22) I want to golf again and walk 1-2 miles 4xs a week. When I could finally sit with knee bent through a whole meal we invited friend over to eat with us and celebrate”

“(7/25/22) I have always enjoyed sports. I have two daughters that I always encouraged to give anything they were doing in life 110 percent. It would be a hypercritical of me to raise my girls this way and not give my therapy the same dedication that i instilled in them. Plus I’m 62 if I want to get the most benefit out of my hip replacement I have to dedicate my self to doing my best to achieve it. ”

“(7/24/22) Someone once said that Life is not a race....it’s a Journey.

This saying is what keeps me going.

Healing is not a race to a finish line at a 4 or 5 or even a 6 week mark.

It takes as long as it takes. Everyone heals at a different rate.

So long as we do what our physical therapist teaches us every day, we WILL make progress.

We’ve had a MAJOR SURGICAL PROCEDURE and we shouldn’t minimize that fact.

Remember...the tortoise AND NOT THE HARE win the race.

Keep on keeping on...and you’ll overcome setbacks and delays.

YOU ARE ALL WINNERS!!!
”

“(7/23/22) Just hoping that I can enjoy life with less pain is motivation for me.”

“(7/23/22) I want to do all the exercise and work hard at getting my range of motion back so I can go on with life and enjoy doing what I always do, pain free. I’ve been asked, “Would you do it again?” My answer is always YES! It’s totally worth it! The therapy might be a little painful but, no pain, no gain is my motto!”

“(7/23/22) To get myself back on the road training and running races as soon as possible and back in the gym on a daily basis. On day 12, I feel great and know I will be doing both soon.”

“(7/23/22) The messages I received through this app reminded me that I was not alone with my anxieties and fears facing hip replacement surgery. Since surgery on 7/11/22, it has been a good reminder
that persistence pays off; within less than two weeks, I am no longer using a walker for support and pain is well under control with use of otc pain meds. I just need to remember to take time to rest and ice and pace myself. Looking forward to trips to visit family and friends-pain free!”

“(7/22/22) You are a fantastic individual/surgeon and I’m so glad my sister in law steered me to you. She’s doing great and motivated me to persevere. I know I won’t practice my exercises like she does but I know I’ll be trying to catch her because we both have grandkids to play with . I want to be able to walk(without pain) on hikes through the woods with my grandson. Go on bike rides and swimming with him. So my motivation is not being a couch potato but a doer in my family’s lives!
Thank you Thank you Thank you 🙏🏽 🫶🏼🙏🏽”

“(7/21/22) I want to be able to walk “normal” again and pain free. I am looking forward to enjoying life without pain.”

“(7/20/22) I am inspired to work hard after surgery so my 2-year-old grandkids aren’t blowing past me in a foot race.”

“(7/20/22) My inspiration is the same as before the surgery, walking with my husband and being well enough to hold hands 👫”

“(7/19/22) I retired shortly before COVID hit which meant my travel plans, which were many, became non-existent overnight. As my knee worsened, I couldn’t even fully participate in the closer-to-home activities, like walking 9 holes of golf. This surgery will allow me to get back to doing the things I love, rescheduling the trip to Egypt, Israel and Jordan with High School friends, cross-country camping with my husband, really enjoying visits to our children in San Diego and Boston and walking (or maybe dancing!) across the golf course!”

“(7/19/22) What motivates me the most are my grand babies and children. My grandkids keeps me on the go, and I want to be able to continue with Gods grace be healthy for myself. ”

“(7/19/22) I am a 56 yr old female that recently had a hip replacement due to an arthritic hip. The pain prior to surgery was much worse than the surgery itself. I am two weeks out and know that I will be getting better. If I hadn’t had surgery the pain would continue to have gotten worse with are without exercise. Now I can begin steps to increasing my exercise and begin to heal and enjoy everyday life again.”

“(7/19/22) I am 69 years old and I want to still be able to travel and hike and be active! I want to play with my grandchildren. I am working hard to maintain an active lifestyle!”

“(7/17/22) Having a great physical therapy group who has encouraged me all the way . I know the messages Dr. * sends each day has keep me motivated to do better each day. The videos of how to do the exercise has been a Great help. I can go back and make sure I doing everything right.”

“(7/17/22) I have been inspired to work hard on my recovery so that I can get back to my normal life I had 3 yrs ago. I want to be able to ride my bike again and travel and just not be in pain anymore. The daily text messages sent have been extremely helpful and remind me to stay on track.”

“(7/15/22) I keep working on my knee recovery after surgery to be without the pain I’ve dealt with for so long. I have distant memories of a life before pain and I took them for granted. NO MORE! IT IS TIME AGAIN TO LIVE, TO EXPERIENCE LIFE!”

“(7/13/22) I have several trips coming up in the Fall and I need to be in shape to travel.”

“(7/13/22) Work hard with PT to go back to gardening and having fun with grandchildren.”

“(7/13/22) Knee replacement is no picnic. Might as well take it very seriously. I want a great result. That’s only coming with hitting my rehab rigorously & often.”

“(7/12/22) I love that walking makes me more confident and strengthens my hip
- I feel very thankful to have very very little pain compared to before surgery - walking 5000 steps a day is key for me - motivated to lose weight and make my hip last the rest of my life - I am 60 years old”

“(7/11/22) I wanted to get as much therapy as possible before we moved to Texas. Which happened two weeks after surgery. I need to be as strong as I could it would be awhile before I could get back to therapy. All that extra work was worth it. It’s been one month since surgery and I can do all my therapy at home now and I have good movement and strength. Thanks to my husband’s hard work to keep me going ”

“(7/11/22) I feel blessed to be able to walk. I realize with consistent exercise I will get better and better. Take it slow and gradually increase. There will be some pain but we can push through it to make ourselves stronger.”

“(7/10/2022) I’m working hard to be able to get out of the house and to get back to my part time job.”

“(7/7/22) We all have choices to make in our daily living from day to day as well as when challenging life events find our front door…For me personally, I would say that total knee replacement is definitely a life event & probably for others as well. I encourage you to be bold as you embrace recovery from knee replacement surgery. The experience can be difficult but you take one day at a time, one step at a time. The first two weeks may be overwhelming at times but trust Dr * & professional team, there is light at the end of the tunnel. The daily text you have opportunity to receive on your cell phone will be a constant reminder that you are not alone on your journey to recovery. Even if you are not able to do all the exercises as you receive the videos of “how to” you will want to keep them for the future. Be willing to learn, grow & become more active. We are all individuals & our pace will vary. One of the lessons I have learned that is so important is not to compare yourself with others. You compete with yourself one day at a time, one step at a time. Be thankful for what you are able to do & don’t dwell on those thing you are unable to accomplish along your journey. Healing comes with time. Ice is your friend… Whenever my day and or night has been interrupted with pain, I imagine that during the pain healing occurs, this positive frame of thought helps. During the 2nd & some of the 3rd week I found walking thru a path in the house with the walker sometimes helped. And know that this inconvenience & lack of rest will pass…There is hope after all.”

“(7/5/22) I’m inspired to heal fully and well by the prospect of keeping my world big. I want to spend quality time with family & friends, as well as explore movement experiences like dancing, horseback riding, hiking, kayaking and traveling. ”

“(7/5/22) Every day my knee feels better and stronger after exercises. Looking forward to day can walk without pain, Ride a bike again and hopefully walk 9 holes of golf. Exercise, exercise and exercise that knee, you’ll be glad you did!”

“(7/5/22) I heard that the Drs or therapist would force my leg straight and bent if I didn’t have enough progress by a certain time. So whenever I didn’t want to do my therapy or didn’t want to push it a little farther I thought of someone else forcing it without my control and that motivated me! Right or wrong it worked and I’m on schedule!”

“(7/4/22) My biggest problem after surgery was scheduling my medication so it wouldn’t upset my stomach. My husband and I were able to talk to the surgeon’s nurse and the visiting nurse to help with questions and we were able to decrease some of the meds immediately.
Finding a highly rated surgeon from a highly rated hospital is the way to go. I am in my second week of recuperation and am walking with minimal pain but the PT emphasizes “Safety First.” I focus on using my cane to go down the stairs with my husband in front of me. I continue to use my walker especially since I tripped over the dog after my first hip replacement on the third week home. I was okay but that was scary.
My husband has done a great job of taking care of me and it has been fun to watch him figure out household tasks and some cooking, even though I had frozen some meals ahead of time.
After 55 years of marriage we have done a lot reminiscing and shared a lot thoughts.
At 74 I am anxious to just ride in a car without pain. I am ready to get back into the world.”

“(7/4/22) I’m finishing my 5th week since my surgery. I still have excessive swelling and pain every day. My inspiration is that I know, one day I will wake up and there will be no swelling and the pain will be gone.”

“(7/4/22) For years I suffered with a lot of pain and suffering, after surgery I
Could not believe the difference
Already in my life style, even simple things like putting on my socks was less of a chore,
So I found that by continuing my exercises and being dedicated
To a daily routine has improved
My life one day at a time!👍”

“(7/3/22) I look for little “Wins” every day. By following directions, I know the little wins will turn into a big win at the end.”

“(7/3/22) I am inspired to work hard because I want to be able to walk without pain. I love walking trails in the woods and parks but have been unable to walk as much as I would like for years. My husband and I enjoy traveling in our motorhome and I want to explore more in the areas we visit. We have 4 and 11 month old mini dachshund puppies that I want to enjoy walks with. And I want to be able to be more active with grandchildren.”

“(7/2/22) What inspires me is the knowledge that, with steady effort, I will recover the ability to walk freely without pain in just a matter of a month or so. Maybe two. But it doesn’t matter how long it takes. Every day is a blessing and I know the hard part is behind me. Now it’s just time for steady work to improve my mobility. Pain is temporary. ”

“(6/30/2022) When the pain got so debilitating and I was unable to keep up with my husband, I decided to have the surgery. He loves to hold hands while we walk and I intend to take his hand, for the rest of our time together, thankfully able to keep up because of the skill and caring, of the wonderful team at University of Utah, orthopedic clinic. ”

“(6/28/22) I would say its my outlook on life. Life is a gift and I want to live it to the fullest. I believe that the obstacles that I encounter, make me stronger and more determined .”

“(6/28/22) I am inspired to work hard on my recovery exercises and PT to get back to enjoying playing golf, exercising regularly, and helping my family. There is a Senior PGA event here in St. Louis in September where I will be a marshal, and now I am assured to be healthy to work it.”

“(6/27/22) t’s been 13 days since my surgery. I’m totally inspired from the beginning til the present. The surgical staff were wonderful. Seeing Dr. * before the surgery was a major plus. He was upbeat and happy. Happy helps my motivation. My family stayed with me until I was able to stay alone. The physical therapists were also another factor that has inspired me. When someone tells you that you are doing well, intend to believe them. Right now I have weaned myself off of the prescription meds and am not experiencing much less pain than I had before the surgery. I have one more knee to have done. It is scheduled, so I’m motivated to start walking hopefully normally by Christmas if not before. If you follow what they tell you, then you will be ok. Love the daily texts. ”

“(6/26/22) I am after 13 days walking around with some pain but have over 90 degree bending & 0 degree straightening already...I’m not going to let the fact I wore out my knee being a hard worker get me down...my doctor peters did a great job & I’m not a quiter...I’ll work through the pain an hopefully be better in no time”

“(6/26/22) The weeks after surgery can be very hard. Significant pain from the surgery and frustration from physical limitations. Even the light exercises are painful.
For me, looking ahead at where I want to be physically in a few months is key. The medical professionals and PT experts know how to get me there! From experience I trust the science.
I want to get back to long walks, hiking and skiing with my wife, kids and grand kids. I know if I work hard I can get there. The weeks after surgery can be very hard. Significant pain from the surgery and frustration from physical limitations. Even the light exercises are painful.
For me, looking ahead at where I want to be physically in a few months is key. The medical professionals and PT experts know how to get me there! From experience I trust the science.
I want to get back to long walks, hiking and skiing with my wife, kids and grand kids. I know if I work hard I can get there. ”

“(6/26/22) Once I made the decision to have surgery it was because the pain and limitations prior to the surgery I could not take any longer. I wanted a permanent correction. So As I am challenged during recovery and sore and occasional swelling I always remind myself this is temporary and only a stop on the road to full recovery. A positive mind set is a great healer. Keep going!!!”

“(6/25/22) My friends and family and especially the physical therapist have been very encouraging and keep telling me that I’m doing a great job!”

“(6/22/22) The dream/thought of being able to hike mountains with my wife without pain.
The dream/thought of downhill mogul skiing with my kids again.
Being able to tie my shoes normally again inspires me.”

“(6/20/2022) I had a hard time at first, but now that the pain is going away and I’m in PT I am recovering so fast. You have to stick with it and trust the doctors and the PT team. Walking everyday I get better. Walking without pain is my goal now that I have a new knee.”

“(6/21/2022) As my feet hit the floor , my hip is a little stiff. As I move on throughout the day I’m able to walk alone for a while. It just takes time. I don’t ever try and do too much at once. Only baby steps for me. ”

“(6/21/2022) Getting back to my normal life of walking and hiking with my wife is what keeps me motivated. Every day I work harder on my exercises to get where I need to be. Just shy of 2 weeks after surgery, I am already using just a cane and at times even waking unassisted. I was off pain meds by day 3. No real pain. The pain was before surgery. Seeing improvement every day keeps me motivated to keep going and achieve my goal of getting back in the game. It’s easy to stay motivated when you have a goal. Also, the text messages I receive, encouraging me, giving me more exercises and letting know where I should be in my recovery are extremely helpful and motivating.”

“(6/20/2022) My inspection for getting better after surgery is that my daughter and I have planned a mother/daughter trip for the coming fall. I have to be able to walk as much as normal on that trip.”

“(6/20/2022) I want my knee to work as well as possible. I also want to be rid of sciatica in my operative leg, which I believe developed during my strange way of walking while my knee osteoarthritis was so bad before surgery.
I want all pain to stop so I can stop using Tylenol everyday. Some days it is difficult to muster up much self-discipline. But I make a big effort the following day to do better on completing home exercises.”

“(6/20/2022) Progress… baby steps toward full recovery inspires me to keep going. Knowing I’m getting a little stronger every day, a little less dependent on assistance devices… every day moves me in that direction… if i have the right balance of rest & exercise.”

“(6/20/2022) This knee has been difficult. I told the therapist today that dr * gave me a Ford and I wanted a Mercedes’. I have had trouble with motivation. My grandchildren were here last night and that sure is a pick me up. Those girls laughed and ran and played. I decided that is a very good reason to get moving again. From now on when I need a pick me up, they will be receiving a call. They have enough energy for several people. Now they know when my tank is running low they will be my fill up. I have 5 excellent reasons to get moving again.”

“(6/19/2022) I’m inspired to keep working hard after my surgery so I can go back to what brings me joy and peace - hiking and chasing waterfalls with my husband in our new home state of Tennessee. ”

“(6/19/2022) My goal is to return to my old pain-free self. And be able to walk and sleep without pain.”

“(6/19/2022) Three weeks prior to scheduled THR surgery, I signed up for my doctor’s texting program, (mystreamd) and diligently followed the advice for pre-surgery exercises and preparation. It continues to be a wealth of information aiding my recovery. The first two nights after surgery were a little rough and were the only two instances I used Tramadol for pain relief, Tylenol has worked fine ever since. I was given links to a few simple exercises I could do the second day after surgery and found that in doing those and following additional encouragement and advice offered through my doctor’s text stream and contacts from his physical therapy team via text and phone call, my recovery has been stunningly rapid. I am now at two weeks post surgery and able to walk without an assistive device with very little pain while increasing the distances that I walk daily. I believe exercise, positive attitude, and motivation are key in recovery as I am looking forward to getting back to the activity level I was at before my hip began to degrade.””

“(6/17/2022) I had knee replacement 11 years ago and my experience from that surgery is what motivates me to dedicate myself to the rehab exercises and protocols(RICE).
I worked out for 2 months prior to this surgery using the rehab exercises as a guide, so my post surgery rehab would be easier and more likely successful.
Seeing major sports figures go through major surgeries like this also motivates me to try to imitate their rehab practices so my results will be better. Our minds control our bodies, so keeping a positive mental attitude helps get past the pain and discomfort that is inevitable with a major surgery.”

“(6/17/2022) I have had a long time dream of doing a thru hike of the Appalachian Trail when I retire. With my new knee I am hopeful again, this will happen!”

“(6/14/2022) I simply think back to when I was at this point after my Hip Replacement 2 years ago, and compare that to how my hip feels now. While the recovery is different in many ways I still need to be patient, and diligent with my PT. And I think about how good I will feel 3 months out.”

“(6/14/2022) Before I had knee replacement surgery, I couldn’t walk without Knee supports. I wasn’t able to exercise like I wanted. Now I still have to have the other knee replaced. I want to be able to go cross country skiing and l want to be able to travel and play golf again. I have a lot of things to do and when my knee surgery is done, I’ll be able to do these things without pain😀”

“(6/13/2022) I look forward to traveling.”

“(6/8/2022) I have been through ligament reconstruction before which was much more difficult than a knee replacement.

I seriously am writing b to validate this pain for a new knee, so don’t take me wrong. The other was longer in recovery but pain of depth was tough. It took 4 weeks before I could be weight bearing.

So, facing this surgery, I knew therapy would be different and painful. I knew I wanted to heal quickly as my scar tissue forms fast. I also knew I wanted to have as much range of motion as possible to remain active.

We have learned that lifestyle changes will happen, like no more running and other physicalb abilities. So I decided to hit my therapy hard and see how much I could do.

At week 4, I got depressed and asked to see * as I have done my own therapy at home. I follow the videos strictly and the time of day. I take every opportunity to watch my mirror for a straight walk, I worked on stairs daily because I have to use them to answer door and also my balance I would stand in operative leg any time I stand.

I went into see *, week 4. He told me my knee straightness was zero degrees. Yay!!! He only pressed down with two fingers and no pain.

Then I did the chair test where I placed operative leg back and pressed my good leg against it for as far as I could go for resistance . Then raise up on arm of chair. Causing more pain and resistance My knee was pretty close to floor so he was happy and measured me at 135.

Then I lifted my leg to top of chair and slid it back. That was harder than time because the chair was a little taller in front, so I was 127 degrees.

I was thrilled. But I need to say that at home therapy was the best for me. I know it isn’t right for everyone and I know it isn’t ideal but it was my only option

Dr *’s office and entire team, has been motivating Since the day I went in for office call, to surgery, cleanliness of center, happy and kind staff , prompt attentive in their approach, caring about my pain, also doing all they can with anesthesia and control for pain. Who would never have guess I would be home and safely in bed hours later!!!

This staff works with you no matter what level you are in recovery and I know others that have had a hard time of recovery, they treat you as a compassionate team.

Keep up the good work. I know it will come. I’ve been through the hellish recovery schedule when we almost had to put me out for manipulation. To this time I could reach goals sooner. I truly appreciate the carrying nature of the staff. I wish to thank the anesthesiologist, he was concerned with some chronic pain I struggle with previously, but the pain I struggled with has not been as intense since pain blockers. I don’t get it?!?

I’m trying hard not to loose my measurements and gain extra next week.

So yo all of you:Don’t give up. Do your own PERSONAL BEST. DON’T COMPARE TO OTHERS. Also, don’t be afraid to ask for help at home when needed. Heal the way YOU heal. Not others. Just let them motivate to do your personal best.
”

“(6/8/2022) My motivation to work hard after surgery is to regain all of my mobility. I am an active person and want to get back to all my activities.
Stay strong 💪”

“(6/8/22) Just three weeks and three days after my knee replacement surgery with Dr* I was able to get back to walking/shopping outdoor flea markets and craft shows. No crutches or cane needed either! Working with my PT team towards building up more strength and endurance to walk around Germany in the fall for our twice cancelled 45th wedding anniversary trip. Having goals helps me to keep on pushing forward.”

“(6/6/22) I am stoked to get my knee feeling better so I can get back to my life! I do my exercises so that I can get back to riding my bicycle. So that I can go hiking, swimming, water skiing!! I do my exercises so that I can finally do yardwork, small projects on my house, that I haven’t been able to do for a couple of years now. I didn’t realize how my life was slowly changing as the pain got worse, how my decisions to go places and do things was altered by my ability to keep up with others. I bowed out of invites with lame excuses until I did nothing but work and sleep. I blamed it on age (but I am only 58!), on Covid, on work. But really, my knee made me compensate for everything, the way I walked even, until my hip, my back, and my foot hurt!
I can already feel the difference, 11 days post surgery. I am so excited to be able to get down on the floor and play with my grandson and be there for him.”

“(6/5/22) My motivations to continue doing what I want to do are to walk my dog like I used to 4 years ago.
I want to play with my grandchildren and do things with them. Last Christmas, we took the grandchildren to the zoo and I had to stop to rest my knees so much. One of my grandchildren said wait we have to wait for LaLa to rest again, cause she can’t walk like us. I felt so bad but it was the truth. I am trying to get to the point that this Christmas we can walk the entire zoo without stopping for me.
So far I’ve never had pain, just discomfort and tightness.
I also want to get my garden together again. I really miss gardening and planting my vegetables and flowers.”

“(6/5/22) My inspiration is my family. My wife and I plan to take our three children to Disney in December. I want to be able to walk and keep up with the group!”

“(6/4/22) Osteoarthritis was my motivation for my partial knee replacement. Dr.* did an outstanding job on the replacement. My pain was substantial the first three days on crutches but I weened myself off. Day four was getting better with minimal exercises. Five grandchildren gives me great incentive and I have the whole summer waiting for me, can’t let them grandkids down. With persistent exercise I feel I’ll be in pretty good shape with in six weeks👍”

“(6/4/22) I want to be able to be an active participant in family activities again not a spectator, especially with my granddaughter. My husband and I have just retired and want to travel and I look forward to enjoying this without pain. These are things I haven’t been able to do for years.”

“(6/3/22) Here is what is inspiring me....even with the swelling two weeks after surgery, that swelling is less than my preop knee. What also keeps me going is envisioning a day with no pain....sometimes it can seem far off, but I know it is coming.
I talk to my PT person....extensively! We discuss goals, what to do in between sessions and make modifications as necessary that has been a huge encouragement to me. ”

“(5/31/22) What keeps me going is that I want to walk normal again and stop the pain I’ve been in, that’s what inspires me not to give up.”

“(5/31/22) I am focusing on getting back to playing pickleball and bowling. I want to be able to do daily chores and serve with the youth at our church without hurting. Being able to walk normally and have greater range of motion.”

“(5/30/22) My inspiration comes from knowing I will be able to get back to a more normal life. I have noticed great changes just within 2 weeks of surgery which makes me excited to keep pushing forward. I am looking forward to walks with my husband, playing in the yard with my grandchildren, and so many activities I love that I have not been able to do without pain for many years. The daily texts I receive are also very informative and inspiring while learning what to expect each day. “When you focus on the good, the good gets better!””

“(5/30/22) I’m committed to doing whatever it takes to get a good result from my knee surgery.

I want to take my dream trip to Greece with my new knee! ”

“(5/30/22) Hi, I have been working hard to move my knee to avoid it becoming stiff. This is a tough recovery at times, but I’m keeping my eye on the prize … my new knee! It’s so worth the effort to have a great outcome!”

“(5/29/22) I want to be able to walk with my friends on the lakefront and in nearby parks. At the age of 81 I am not ready to be stuck at home.”

“(5/28/22) what inspires me is knowing that if I do the work and follow what I am told to do, then I will live more fully without the constant hip pain and lack of mobility. Feeling whole again”

“(5/25/22) I’m 65 and coach our middle nordic ski program. I raced bikes in my late 20’s and can still turn out a century with enough ibuprofen. Long backpack trips have always called to me - until my left knee started talking and talking. It started buckling on rocky descents and required lots of anti inflammatories to get going in the mornings. The xrays were ugly - bone on bone. More than one ortho said I was about to really mess up my bones if I waited much longer to have total knee replacement. So, I found an ortho I trusted to give me straight information and made the appointment. April 1 2022 - not much skiing left and too muddy for the gravel roads to be rideable. Two months prior to surgery I ramped up the crossfit training and alternated that with skiing and hiking uphill. Did long skis every weekend. I wore an off-loader knee brace for everything. I borrowed a walker, cane and set of crutches, picked up the rugs and moved into our guest room (with the dog). I bought a used spin bike and set it up at the foot of my bed for inspiration.



Surgery was surprisingly straightforward, everyone was kind and informative. I woke up, started trying to move my legs and just focused on doing what I needed to get released. I walked out of the hospital using the walker and waited for the pain meds to ebb. One challenge was sorting out all the meds - when to take what and staying ahead of the pain. The patient advocate at the hospital was the mother of one of my skiers - she and the whole surgery team were so engaged and helpful. She gave me a spreadsheet to help track the meds and that was huge. By the time I got into the swing of things, I felt like the narcotics were messing with my emotional and digestive health and on Day 6 I started cutting back; Day 8 I quit and used only acetaphetamine and meloxicam. There was some pain but not intolerable.

I did one PT appointment prior to surgery to understand what to expect physically and to review what my ortho gave me (via a very creative and helpful texting system). Recovery and healing just took commitment and attention. My motivation was getting my life and activities back – walking the dog, enjoying the coming spring, joining my friends on bikes. I focused the first 2 weeks on exercises, self-massage and icing. That’s all I did all day, besides napping and reading or watching streaming videos. Week 2 I started 2 sessions/week of PT and did that for 6 weeks, then reduced PT to once/week. Used the walker for 7 days, then a cane. Was able to walk into my 2-week ortho appointment pretty much unassisted. Started no-resistance indoor cycling just before week 3 - it is like therapy, my knee feels really great after spinning. I start every day with yoga and my knee exercises and end most days with this too. About 6-7 weeks after surgery I thought I’d try to ride around the neighborhood on my mtn bike. I took a single pedal stroke and almost passed out - I hadn’t warmed up and my knee was too stiff. Hung up that bike and decided to keep spinning inside.

I’m starting week 8 post TKR and am easily hiking 5 miles and 1000 feet gain and started riding my gravel bike. I credit excellent PT, a smart, engaged orthopedist and my own commitment to regular, consistent exercises and icing to my quick recovery. The first week was intense - expect pain and manage it. Ice a lot. Then keep doing what you can. It’s going to hurt but that’s not forever. Don’t give up! ”

“(5/23/22) My inspiration to keep working hard is the day I can run and play game’s with my grandchildren, go on a hike with my family and walk through Dollywood without having to stop and rest, until they come back my way. Each week gets easier and it is worth pushing yourself through the pain.”

“(5/22/22) I’ve had bad knees for many years, but the negative impacts came and went, and I stayed pretty active, until I retired and started to do more International travel. I saw people of varying abilities doing lots of activities, but noticed I was among those doing the least. Gel shots and cortisone helped for a while, but there were lots of people older than me enjoying things I couldn’t do. Made the decision to go for it. The text messages are brilliant at addressing my fears and offer new things to do in a safe manner. It’s uncanny how something pops into my mind and, poof, there’s a message addressing it, keeping me going. Thank you so much.”

“(5/22/22) I want to get back to feeling “normal” with my activities at work, home, and travel.

To me, doing this surgery would be tremendously beneficial to making that goal.

I have known people who have had hip replacement who are very satisfied with the results.”

“(5/22/22) I’m working towards being able to play, hold, walk, and love my little granddaughters..
I want to be able to walk again like I did before the osteoarthritis set into my hip.
I want to be able to go up and down the stairs without a care in the world.”

“(5/21/22) Keep working to keep up with 6 grand kids; work in my garden and maybe boogie board at the beach ( wearing knee pads of course😉)!!!”

“(5/21/22) Knows no I have to have my other knee done n five months. Got to get this knee to its best so it can support my other during rehab.
Plus, my family wants to go to Universal Theme park 11 weeks after my next knee replacement.”

“(5/19/22) The prayers of family and friends are a great inspiration to me to keep going, to persevere thru the pain and work that is needed for a successful outcome. I have another family member who needs to undergo the same knee surgery as myself. I’m hoping that if I can finish well it will have a positive impact on that person to undergo the surgery.”

“(5/19/22) What inspires me to keep doing my exercises.
Always keep a positive attitude.
Every day I see improvement maybe not be a lot but some
Encouragement from my family and friends
Wanting to be able to do things that I had not been able to do before surgery due to the pain”

“(5/18/22) I get inspiration from seeing my progress.
Sometimes managing your pain level can be challenging and hard to explain but after awhile it gets easier. I picture myself walking normal . I’m my own coach , I say to myself you can do it! It’s not always up’s there a a few downs but I find it’s less downs if you stay patient with yourself. It will be a month on the 15th since my surgery I’m still on this healing journey! Oh, in many instances I get in touch with my spiritual connection !”

“(5/17/22) My inspiration is I need this leg for 30 more years and what I do today will make that possible. Great results thus far!!”

“(5/17/22) I had an ACL Reconstruction surgery when I was 30. As a 19 year old I watch my grandmother suffer with osteoporosis. I made a promise to myself I would work out if I had good health until at least 70 (that doesn’t sound so old now that I am 61). Which I did. I worked out in my regular fitness classes. Which also included through 5 pregnancies.

My ACL lasted until 6 years ago. Then I was able to become a Funtime caretaker for my parents. I lifted them daily. This strength I important to me.

Now I’m looking forward to a stronger knee. I know through the incredible staff, they will all help me recovery and reach my personal and life king goals as long as the good Lord allows me.

I’m a firm believer in fitness. I’m a believer is raging active. I received news that my bones show symptoms of soft bone (osteoporosis) I cannot imagine how much earlier it may have impacted my life if my workouts weren’t part of my daily life.

I want to work hard to keep up the best health I can have.”

“(5/16/22) My husband and I are building a new house at the lake. I work hard on my therapy so that I can regain my independence and mobility. Hard work is paying off.”

“(5/16/22) Even though I was nervous about having surgery, I was so excited to have the opportunity to engage in physical activities without being in constant pain.
After surgery I was committed to get to work at rebuilding strength and agility. The more I moved around, the easier it got. That is what kept me motivated!! If I struggled with a movement in physical therapy, I worked at it when I got home in hopes that it would be easier next time. I can’t say enough about the ice machine! I would ice several times a day and it was so soothing and I found I could cut back on medication when I iced regularly.”

“(5/11/22) Quite honestly having a knee replacement is hell. I wouldn’t wish this on an enemy. However, one thing that helped when the pain was just horrendous was deep breathing and talking to myself with encouraging words.”

“(5/11/22) I had an excellent team who worked with me on my knee replacement.

You have to want to try to get your mobility back. You have to want to push yourself to the limit. Every day gets better if you try to do your best and give your all.

This was a life changing experience for me and I glad I did it.”

“(5/11/22) I was told I needed a full knee replacement by an orthopedic surgeon more than 7 years ago. I put it off thinking maybe it would get better. Of course it didn’t. I had sciatica in the lower back on the same side as my bad knee. Then I had hip pain on the same side. I don’t remember a time I didn’t have pain. My sciatica and hip pain is gone now.
I view the pain from the knee replacement as acceptable because I know it will get better. I was an active person. I enjoyed mountain climbing, sea kayaking, swimming, cycling or any activity outside. I will do the physical therapy exercises to make my leg stronger with a full range of motion because I don’t want to have any limitations. I want to be that active person I remember. I want to enjoy life and not be limited to what I can do. ”

“(5/10/22) My hope for good recovery/rehab is to be in good shape to go to Canada fishing this year. COVID has ruined last couple years and put my February surgery off till last of April.
Thanks for the continued messages got recovery ideas.”

“(5/9/22) My friends inspire me. I want to go places with them. Plus, I really want to be working in my yard, now that spring/summer is here.”

“(5/7/22) It’s been a long time since I walked without pain. I want to be able to do normal things and do things that I’ve not done with my family and friends in a long long time.”

“(5/7/22) Number one has to be my determination and the support and encouragement of my husband. Little by little each day you will progress. 😊”

“(5/6/22) I continue to be amazed by the renewed ability to walk without pain. Yes, there are still moments that are a struggle but those are getting less frequent. All the hard work and tears really does make a difference! Getting back on the stationary bike gives me excitement for future spin classes! Walking my dog further and further each week gives me motivation to keep going! I’m getting my old life back!”

“(5/3/22) I’m inspired to work hard so that I can keep up with the family again.”

“(5/1/22) I think what inspires me is that I want to have quality of life. I want to be able to get around independently. I want to be there for my family and friends. I enjoy life too much to just sit in a chair and watch the world go by. The only way to do that is listen to my doctors and my physical therapist. I am so impressed getting the texts each day that let me know what’s ahead and what to do to reach my physical well being. I’m 75 years young, and I’m looking forward to new adventures.”

“(5/1/22) My inspiration is,my husband will be retiring in a few months and we would like to do some traveling. So I keep doing the PT to keep it moving forward!”

“(4/30/22) The process of recovery is a journey. So I try to work hard each day doing PT at home, between PT visits out patient.
Eating healthy, rest, walking and ice.
I want to get back my mobility and that keeps me moving forward. ”

“(4/26/22) I am motivated to do my best at PT and home exercises so that I can live a fuller life without knee pain. I look forward to playing Pickleball again and going on cruises with friends that involve moderate walking.”

“(4/26/22) Give yourself rewards for completing your PT each day whether it’s 30 minutes of reading a good book, sipping a cup of warm tea, calling a friend, or watching an episode of your latest binge on Netflix while you’re exercising.

Kick negative thoughts to the curb by listening your favorite music. Or find a motivational quote to repeat to yourself when that negative thought pops into your head.

The fear of not recovering completely has been my strongest motivator. I’m terribly afraid of being limited for the rest of my life.

I will have to say that I think the hardest parts of recovery are the endless restless/sleepless nights and the persistent low grade fevers that made me feel trashy every morning. It’s extra hard to get motivated when you don’t feel good and you are exhausted.”

“(4/24/22) I am receiving from my 2nd knee replacement. One on Oct, the 2nd in March. Last year I was unable to many things if felt I should be doing for my age so I had the surgery done. While I am far from recovered, I see improvement and progress most every day. Physical therapy can be a challenge but for me it was the key to all my progress. With Summer around the corner, I look forward to doing things that we very difficult last summer.”

“(4/24/22) I took to my crutches and went to the garden. The swelling was minimal today in my hip area. The back pain I have suffered from for months has not resurfaced and although this is still a struggle it is moving forward with less pain each day. Still hard to sleep on my off side but I’m trying. Keep icing. ”

“(4/24/22) I want to be able to resume the activities I use to be able to do. I know that part of having a long healthy life is being active and it’s hard to be active if you can’t move adequately. Therefore I’m inspired daily to do my physical therapy 3 to 4 times a day and to move regularly throughout the day so that I don’t walk with a limp when this is over and I have the best functioning knee I can possibly have so that I can go back to hiking and enjoying the sports that I’ve always enjoyed.”

“(4/23/22) I’m motivated to do the best in this recovery process so that I can spend more time enjoying my children and grandchildren! It’s not fun feeling left out because you can’t participate. I want to make memories with and for them to last a lifetime!”

“(4/23/22) Every day after surgery has been a little bit better . The pain I had before surgery is just an awful memory . Seeing small, incremental improvements in strength and flexibility makes me hopeful I can get myself back .”

“(4/23/22) My motivation is that I want to get back to gardening, mowing my yard, and playing golf as soon as possible. Looking forward to being active without pain.”

“(4/20/22) That someday I will be pain free and the exercises help my whole body which is a win for me because I don’t like exercising. Put in the work and receive the blue ribbon st the end.”

“(4/19/22) - I have had so many friends and family cheering me on through this process and I want them to see the success of the love they have showered me with.

- my son and young grand daughters take family hikes in foothills of California mountains, and I can’t wait to be able to hike with them.

- I do volunteer work that I really enjoy that requires strength for carrying and lifting. People are counting on me to get back in the game and resume what I used to do before.

- my husband’s and my dream retirement trip is coming up in two months: a river cruise on the Rhine between Switzerland and Amsterdam. I‘m excited to be able to be engaged in the walking and exploring to the fullest.”

“(4/19/22) The question was asked “What Motivates Me to Continue with Physical Therapy?
Good question since the process of PT is painful and tiring at a time when you are already in pain from healing and your body is exhausted after the trauma of surgery. This is my second knee replacement so I know from past experience that immediate PT is the only way to regain the muscle strength you need for a successful recovery. The phrase “no pain, no gain” definitely applies. Knowing all this should be motivating enough but we’re human so we need more. I’ve put together a personal list of motivators. During each session of PT, I focus on one of these.
1. Walking around with help from a walker will lesson the pain. (After experiencing 35 minutes of nonstop throbbing, burning pain, I got up to to go to the bathroom and the intensity went from a 9 down to a 4 in minutes!!) Immediate Goal with immediate results.

2. My granddaughter is graduating high school in May and I will be at her graduation 👩‍🎓.(no time to procrastinate if I’m to be there) 2 month goal.

3. My nephew is getting married in June and I want to dance at his wedding. (This may be a bit ambitious but still a goal).
3 month goal.

4. My husband is doing a fantastic job caring for me, but I’m independent and want to care for myself.

5. I want to be the best version of me.
Constant goal.

6. I want to slow down the aging process. At 76, I’m not ready give up acting, singing, traveling, gardening. (76 is the new 60)

7. I want to get back up on my horse. Literally, I do horse therapy and in 3 months I plan to be riding again.

8. Pool therapy is a wonderful way to exercise. I want be back in the warm pool after I’m healed enough. Another 3 month goal.

9. I want to go to Disney World!!! My husband and I are kids at heart and love escaping into the magical world of Disney! 5 month goal.

10. I want to inspire my kids and grandkids so they know what is possible at any age. Sharing my experiences with them is important, “If Grammy can do it, I can.”

11. Grandkids have many events and I want to be there to share them.
Ongoing goal.

These are just some of the things that motivate me to continue with my daily routine of PT. Today on post op day 12, I got on my recumbent bike for the first time since surgery. I expected excruciating pain as I turned that first cycle but I was able to do it with minimal pain. That had been an early goal, now accomplished!!
In two days, I’ll graduate from walker to cane. Another goal realized. Next no cane !! 3-4 months.

Never give up, do it now and you will reap the benefits. ”

“(4/19/22) It’s almost two weeks since my left knee replacement. I’m totally amazed at my progress. I’ve been encouraged by my care team. They have supported me every step of the way. They respond very quickly & provide advice, comfort & support.

I am grateful to also have a wonderful support system. Family & friends have been equally supportive.

What sustains me besides these groups?
My faith. I am absolutely convinced that good ALWAYS prevails even if it doesn’t appear to be possible. ”

“(4/19/22) This is my sixth surgery. Therapy is Key. My knee surgery on left knee took one hour and fifteen minutes. I spent approximately 60 hours in Therapy. No pain no gain. Sticking with Therapy is a must if you want desired results. It’s easy to says it’s ok to skip one. It’s is not ok. If you skip one you will probably skip two a no no. ”

“(4/19/22) It is my second week after my hip replacement surgery and I guess I’ve always been one who strives to excel in staying healthy. I asked myself what motivates me to heal from this surgery I try and take it one day at a time knowing nothing happens overnight when it comes to the healing process. Before you know it time has passed and you are well on your way to healing. My wife has truly been instrumental as well because she has been so attentive to my needs. She also has been the coach to help me in the difficult times praise ni& me in my accomplishments.”

“(4/19/22) So many things are my motivators but right now it’s being able to work in my flower beds. The flowers are beginning to bloom but I’m not ready to get on my hands & knees yet. I gained so much weight during the pandemic that walking is the hope of getting the pounds to come off again. I want to go antiquing to find treasures but that takes a lot of stamina to go hunting which I don’t have much of right now, but I’m hopeful that it won’t be long until I’m treasure hunting again. Just being able to do day to day activities is a great motivator since I live alone & I hate having to ask others for help. The list goes on & on to inspire me to keep working hard & become stronger than I was before surgery.”

“(4/18/22) I am so glad I finally had my knee replaced. I’d been told it was bone on bone for about 3 years, but I guess I learned to live with it till it got extremely painful. As of now, it’s been a little more than a month since my surgery, and with regular PT and home exercising, I can tell I’m improving almost daily! I might even do ankle pumps while I’m at the table eating, and even some short-arc quad sets. Many of my exercises I can combine with TV watching, so they’re easier to remember to do. If I consider slacking off, I remember the years of suffering when using stairs etc, and the begging off when my husband and grandchildren go for a simple walk and I’m more determined to rejoin the group. At least I want to be able to not panic if I can’t find an escalator!”

“(4/18/22) I found setting goals to get back to golf, yard work and exercise which will be done by Physical Therapy.”

“(4/17/22) For someone who had had a knee replacement 20 years ago I have found that things have changed drastically. The old way was a good long months of pain and frustration. This new method is a cakewalk no pun intended. You you are literally Walking the first week Science is great.”

“(4/17/22) The years are passing by fast it is important to myself to be mobile with as much ability physically and mentally so not to be a burden on my loved ones.”

“(4/16/22) Have a plan, work your plan without exception, have partner if possible (my wife is mine), stick to the plan regardless, enjoy (!) success. I didn’t know what the pain of recovery would be; just heard it was tough. It is! But my goal is to walk my golf course and so I trudge on. It’s amazing how much stretching and tugging a new incision can take. I’m 12 days since surgery and happy with progress.”

“(4/16/22) It is Detroit River walleye season and I can’t fish until I can get in and out of a boat. 😊”

“(4/13/22) The thing that motivates me to keep working hard is that I know my recovery is up to me. I want to be strong again so I can hike, bike, and sort of keep up with my grandkids. Also, the stronger I am now, the longer I can be active as I age. That’s not going to happen without hard work.”

“(4/13/22) So we only have one life to live and we should make it the best that it can be in health, and in our minds. After surgery we owe it to ourselves to make our body strong so that we can function and it can be a trial getting up every morning trying to overlook some of the stresses and pains but eventually that will also go away with time, takes a little longer when you’re older.
Try to set some goals on things that you would like to do as you gradually get better and eventually get all the way better.”

“(4/12/22) Knowing I will be able to go back to golf and Pickleball…. Pain free.
Rehab is work, but all work pays off in the end. I say that after one and a half hours with the physio terrorist.”

“(4/10/22) I continue my therapy so that I can get out and enjoy life again…..especially being able to take my daily walks whether it be around the neighborhood or at the park. We visited the beach in December and my hip was so bad I couldn’t walk on the beach. Planning another trip to the beach so that I can now enjoy that walk on the beach. Just enjoying life again is my motivation!!”

“(4/9/22) I am inspired to keep working because I want to get on my feet to take care of my great grand babies and to hopefully go back to work. I love to travel also and I’m looking forward to my next adventure!”

“(4/9/22) I am inspired to keep working because I want to get on my feet to take care of my great grand babies and to hopefully go back to work. I love to travel also and I’m looking forward to my next adventure!My motivation is from encouragement all around me! My husband and family, Dr *’s videos and staff. It is my PT team. Recently I was a little discouraged and L* and R* explained to me that because of this kind of surgery(the special way you do it at KOC with less recovery days), you come out of it doing so exceptionally well right out of the gate . but this is still a major surgery so you must not expect it to improve moving forward exponentially as it does the few days after surgery, when you’re up and about going up and down the stairs same day as surgery. So that encouraged me as well as her words and also L* and R* are constantly telling me how good I’m doing and that means so very much and whenever I call the office Dr. *‘s nurses call me right back that is very very much appreciated so far it has been a great experience and it seems like about every 3 to 4 days is when I notice that I am past a certain point of hurting or wondering if it’s going to be better., and then I wake up and it’s a new day and I have seen a significant improvement from the three days before! I believe with this kind of surgery rather than a little improvement every single day I think what I have seen is every 2 to 3 days I see significant improvement …….so just know that it’s coming that certain pain IS going to go away that certain swelling IS going to go down and soon you will be pain free walking like you’re 20 years old again!

You must do your PT every day!!!!!! It is KEY!!!

Follow the drs orders! You will be glad!”

“(4/9/22) I get my inspiration from my Doctor and his staff, my wife, friends and this awesome STREAMD app.

My Doctor turned me on to the STREAMD app for my first hip replacement and I am using it again for my second pre- and post-op hip replacement. What a motivational and inspirational tool! The daily texts with reminders, guidance, encouragement, video examples of exercises and even jokes definitely contributed to my recovery process. I felt the daily connection to my Doctor through these texts. Truly an awesome innovation!

Caregivers like my wife are very inspirational too. Her loving support encouraged me to progress through my recovery. Despite being in late 60’s, we are very active in fitness classes and ballroom dancing. Therefore, I look forward to completing my recovery so that we can get back to our daily fitness and dance activities. I still go to the gym to do my post op exercises, and accompany my wife to her dance classes. So friends provide another source of inspiration and encouragement as they see me walking around and making incremental improvements. I recommend that those who are recovering try to normalize their lives as much as physically possible. Get out and socialize wherein you can benefit from the positive energy from friends who want to support you in your recovery.”

“(4/8/22) My inspiration to stay focus is to regain quality of life. I have been struggling with my knee for over 15 years and it has finally gave out on me. I was a very active person walking riding bikes playing outside with my kids and that came to a halt. Surgery was some thing I never wanted to do but I had to do it. PT is brutal brutal brutal but they know what they are doing to get me back to 100%. I try to keep a positive mindset and I pray to God every day that every day I’m 100% better.”

“(4/6/22) My motivation is for several reasons, my biggest motivation is to do activities with my grand children. I love to golf and I need to help my son with his cabin latter on this summer and I want to be able to do my every day normal duties without any complications.”

“(4/4/22) I want to be ready for my golf league and to be able to get out and cut the lawn and work outside when it gets nice.”

“(4/4/22) I feel so incredibly fortunate to be able to have had this procedure.I think of all the people who cannot for whatever reason feel the relief I felt from the moment I got out of bed after the procedure. Gratitude gives me motivation.”

“(4/3/22) I’m inspired to keep going because I have been in so much pain for so long. I am looking forward to an active summer with my family!”

“(4/3/22) I am inspired by getting these texts from OSI. I am finding, as I’ve been told, that if I do the exercises and ice often I can see progress in flexibility. I am starting Week three and my only limitation is my own inclination to overdo. The pain before surgery was so much worse that I am happily working the program.”

“(4/3/22) I’m inspired to work hard after surgery so I can get back to my normal activities with good range of motion and play with my grandsons!”

“(4/2/22) I am excited to be getting closer to being able to hike, bike, swim, and live my normal active life. For the past two years I have been in constant pain, now I feel stable and can see the light at the end of the tunnel.”

“(4/2/22) Engaging with professional activities as soon as possible as well as engaging a complete social schedule. These event no matter how serious and difficult must be considered a bump in the road of life.”

“(4/2/22) I’m working hard to be strong as possible and have maximum mobility to be able to golf again without pain.”

“(3/31/22) I keep pushing myself in PT so I will be able to get out and do things without pain. Just a simple walk in my neighborhood or walking up and down steps at church. ”

“(3/30/22) My children have inspired me. 2 years ago we would go for long walks and talk. I haven’t been able to even walk a block with my bad hip. Now I’m taking my recovery one step at a time giving 100% so that soon we’ll be able to go on those walks again.”

“(3/30/22) I ran for 30 years. In that time, I played soccer twice a week, all year round, for 18 years within that 30. I also officiated high level soccer matches for high school, college and adult amateurs. That is why my knees are bad, but wouldn’t change a thing. I can no longer run or officiate, BUT after my left knee was replaced 9/22/20, I walked 600 miles in 2021 with walking 5 days a week. My inspiration is to walk 700 miles within a year after this right knee is complete healed. That is my inspiration for my hard work. If I can’t run, I can walk!”

“(3/29/22) It has been more than one month since my total left knee replacement. Since then I have been using PT at least 2 times per week.

Several things inspire me to continue my PT to improve my quality of life:
1. Keeping scar tissue at Bay.
2. Follow up text messages and videos from my Dr., inspiring me and showing me proper exercises to keep me going.
3. Increasing my exercises to gain more mobility so I can walk, hike, and ride my bike without worry.
4. Increasing my ability to do more things with my family including playing with my grandchildren.”

“(3/28/22) Everyday I feel 100% than the day before. The daily text/videos/reminders are great. I’ve never experienced these before from physicians/staff/systems. I think it’s very encouraging to the patient. As I sit on couch with my ice machine I think of random small , questions. I would receive a text/ video answering that random question or thought (ha! Ha!) I thought it was funny that as I thought things a video/ text would come through . I’m a RN myself and random calls from patients could be very time consuming for patients and medical staff . For them to come up with this is amazing tool, all doctors should participate . It encourages the patient and motivate you to do your best. I had a right knee replacement 2 years ago with another orthopedic and had nothing to compare it to. This left knee hands down with Dr. * was totally different, from beginning to recovering. I’m able to do way more my 2nd week out than before. I’m moving at record speed . I don’t want to say any surgery is great because No one want to go under the knife, unless you have to, however Dr. * sure made it for me if you just have to have surgery as a last result. I just look forward to getting back to the things I love like dancing, gardening, traveling. Be encouraged , this too shall ”

“(3/27/22) My inspiration to keep going is my family always pushing me to get back to taking care of myself. Always giving me confidence I can do it. Encouraging me every step of the way even on those ruff days.”

“(3/27/22) I am inspired by all of the other folks my age or older who I have talked to and who are athletically active after their knee replacement experience. To a person they say: 1. It was the best quality of life decision that they ever made, and 2. They emphasize how important it is to make rehab your life until you have regained normal functioning.”

“(3/24/22) No doubt this is a brutal surgery and a painful recovery. However I am so grateful that it was a choice I had. Mobility is the prize and that is worth the price. I’m also grateful for the skill and years of training that the surgeon has to make a great outcome possible. I am 73 years old and look forward to an adventurous and useful future.”

“(3/23/22) My inspiration for working hard is that I desire to continue living an active life: playing with my grandchildren, garding, social activities,YMCA exercises. I have been encouraged by Dr *’s daily messages and the physical therapist have been very helpful. I am looking forward to mastering the stairs/steps which have been a challenge for me for several years now. My fiance told me when I was going through a rough day,with a lot of pain that.... “Pain is just weakness leaving the body. “ So I use that as my inspiration!”

“(3/23/22) Hip replacement surgery was so needed by my body. I have gone from a pain level of 9-10 to 0-2. My whole attitude has become so much better because of no pain. Working on the physical therapy is something I look forward to as keeping up with my husband when we walk, keeping up with my grandsons or even looking forward to riding my bike is all the motivation that I need. Find what drives you, find your center. When you find what drives you, all of this will make your whole outlook improve! I know it won’t make the work easier, but better received! Good luck to you in your newest journey!!”

“(3/22/22) What keeps me going is a trip to Greece, Turkey and Italy the end of May. I want to be able to be in front of the group not the old lady nearly keeping up. I know my recovery is doing quite well for only 4.5 weeks. I have been doing therapy 2 times a week and I do my home exercise 2-3 times every day. I ice after every exercise session for 20-30 minutes. I try to do everything I’ve been told to do. So for at 4 weeks I can bend my knee 128 degrees and straight 100 plus 2.
I am very happy with my progress just need to keep going.”

“(3/20/22) When I’m all healed up I want to have full motion to be able to do any activity that I want example hunt, fish work. With no pain.”

“(3/20/22) I am an active 74 year old & I’m involved with Vacation Bible School construction projects as well as other programs we do during the Holidays at our church. I also love to fly fish and being able to do these things at a high level again inspires me to work hard my recover.”

“(3/19/22) My grandkids are what inspires my and keeps me going!”

“(3/18/22) Knowing that everyday I’m stronger and getting back to gardening and walking love being active outdoors….. we can do this !!”

“(3/17/22) This is my second knee replacement. My first knee replacement was over 5 years ago. I don’t know if it is advancements in surgery, a different surgeon, all the information I receive through the my stream md, or a combination of it all but I have done far better this time than the last time.
I am motivated to do the exercises because I want to be able to travel without the limitations I have had in the past. I would also like to be able to exercise and play tennis again. I like the texts letting me know if I am on track for where I should be at 2 weeks postop.”

“(3/16/22) I do my home exercises twice daily when I don’t have rehab. I’m a working model and I’m determined to get back into my high heels. That is inspiration enough for me.”

“(3/15/22) Before surgery I wanted to be well prepared for post surgery. I borrowed a stationery bike, I created motivational stickers and asked my husband to choose one daily and give to me and I created a poster post it note w/ medication schedule, exercise times, walks, stretches etc. for the week. This way I can’t miss it and it keeps me in check. I’m almost through week 2 and so far so good. I know it’s going to get tougher but as my father used to say “when things get tough, the tough get going!”

“(3/15/22) I am closing in on two weeks from surgery and making slow but steady progress.Looking forward to riding a bike, going up and down stairs, golfing and playing Pickleball. I see these activities in my near future. Good luck to everyone.”

“(3/15/22) This is my third joint replacement (left hip 2007, right knee 2018 and right hip 2022 ) The first time I talked with Dr * fifteen years ago he told me it was my decision and asked the question how does it affect the quality of my life? So that’s how I made my decisions. I have one more year to retirement and am a quite physically active with work and an 80 acre beef farm , and I want to stay active. Post surgery has been great with slight pain if any. I want to get back 100% as soon as possible so I do my home physical exercises twice daily plus physical therapy currently twice a week. After my first week post surgery I went from a walker (except at night) to a cane making sure to follow all physical precautions . Each day is a better day and on the mend.”

“(3/15/22) I just want to be able to take a walk around my neighborhood on a sunny, warm day🚶🏻‍♀️🌞”

“(3/13/22) I’m inspired and encouraged by my wife, the text messages, and my physical therapists, to perform recommended exercises daily, and not merely during physical therapy appointments. These activities have reduced pain and swelling while increasing mobility. ”

“(3/11/22) My husband and I worked side by side for an entire year through 100 degrees, spider bites, kidney stone surgery, and bitter cold. We went from ugly bank to a beautiful oasis. It needs my love and attention.”

“(3/11/22) Why I am happy to get the surgery and rehab
I want to get back to the things I used to do. From the things I love doing, like going to yard sales and flea markets to gardening. To the mundane things that I actually miss, like shopping and housework. I am ten days out from surgery and I’m already making great progress (at least that is what I’m told). At home I’m able to walk some without help. The hardest part is finding a comfortable position to sleep. ”

“(3/9/22) Just a shout out to all my fellow “recuperators” I just wanted to share why I work hard every day to complete my exercises. I suffered several years with constant pain because of the arthritis in my knee and so now the pain is healing pain which is good! I don’t ever want go through the bad pain again so I am committed to exercising to get stronger every day!”

“(3/9/22) Three things inspire me in different ways on each day:

1. I am inspired to get my life back. I have been an active adult spending time each week cycling, kayaking and hiking/backpacking. I look forward to being able to do these things again and more easily than prior to my surgery.
2. I am inspired by the benefits of following the directions to do the exercises and walk routinely. Each day may not be better, but each week there is marked improvement and I am able to do more.
3. I have many friends who have had this surgery and they are all doing really well - I want to be like them.

Good luck everyone.”

“(3/8/22) I look forward to my initial evaluation with the therapist and setting up a program to direct my recovery. I have been watching golf on tv!”

“(3/8/22) What inspires me to keep working hard is my children. They are all grown and some of my great grandchildren are to, so that I can slowly get back to doing things on my own. They are all wonderful but I was independent and want to get back to that point. I will I’ve got this and so do you.”

“(3/7/22) A few things have kept me motivated & thankful & improving all along.

I read Bible verses about healing which stated that Jesus always healed everyone who came to Him for healing!! There’s a free, no ad site that reads the healing verses, “Andrew Womack archives Healing Scriptures”. I fell asleep listening to those every night.

I also asked friends & family to pray for me during & after surgery. I sent texts to update them . Most were amazed when I sent the 1st text that I was “home from surgery & walking without pain!”

The 1st evening I realized I needed a way to keep track of when to take the Tylenol, ibuprofen, & aspirin and How to keep track of when I elevated, iced, etc etc.

So each day, I drew a clock, about a 2 inch circle, I wrote ea. medication outside the clock by the hour it should be taken. (You could draw 1 & photo copy)

When I took the pill, I circled it with a highlighter. I also noted when I elevated (a capital E went on the clock) For walking every 90 minutes I put a capital W on the clock, lots of those!!! The same for breathing into the spirometer, a B went on my clock.

I told my friends & family, who know how much I love to play games, “This makes it like a game to keep track of everything. And it’s a game I definitely want to win!””

“(3/6/22) Playing with my grandkids again, getting out on the golf course, back on my 5 mile morning walks, not being crippled and becoming more mobile.”

“(3/5/22) I was apprehensive on what to expect. The side effects, being on so many medications, the pain and finally physical therapy did have me worried.
But I also was prepared because I was able to access videos of what to expect during surgery and get text regularly on what to expect in the next phases. I understand physical therapy is going to hurt and I’m working through the pain. My physical therapist is a great help and always answers any questions that I have.
I’m slowly getting there but know that the work and the pain will all be worth it in the end.”

“(3/3/22) I woke up from surgery with 50% less pain. I have survived many injuries and I know only l can bring myself back, the doctors did what they could do, now the rest is up to me, its really hard right now because l need my knee on the opposite leg replaced and that seems to be where im putting my weight. Therapy is the road to health. I just keep saying, the more you do, the more you can do. Leave positive notes around the house, and be proud of every step you take, WE CAN DO IT.... ”

“(3/1/22) I knew I was needing a hip replacement when the pain got so bad and my life was drastically affected. Surgery was 2/16. Pain was harsh afterwards, but DIFFERENT. It was/is healing pain abd I can already see the amazing improvement.
I am determined to do what I’m supposed to to because I want an exceptional outcome! Dr * and entire crew are fantastic and my life is, once again, on the upswing! Rehab IS painful but as they say “no pain, no gain” so push through...if I can do it, YOU can too!”

“(2/27/22) My reason for working hard to rehab is that i desire to continue living an active life : ie... (Garding, social activities; senior games/YMCA exercises) living!!! playing with grands.”

“(2/26/22) It is almost two weeks after surgery and every day my knee feels a little better . The daily posts from Dr. * have been extremely helpful and answered a lot of questions I had . The physical therapy has been excellent. I really look forward to walking with my one year old grandson and being able to go to the zoo and other spring and summer activities, look forward to not limping because of all the pain in my knee . Look forward to going to our home on the lake and walking in the northern woods and boating . Just being able to be active without the constant pain . Thank you all for the great work you do .”

“(2/24/22) What inspired me to keep working hard was looking forward to activities I used to enjoy.
Walking normally without pain or wobbling from side to side.
Taking walks, SHOPPING and especially sitting on the floor with my granddaughter playing games and pretending❤”

“(2/22/22) When I was 16, I had a major knee injury and didn’t know enough at the time to care to properly rehab it. 33 years later, after not being able to bend my knee for all that time, I am truly motivated to do it right this time. ”

“(2/21/22) My motivation comes from my kids and grandkids.and my great grandkids.”

“(2/21/22) I am inspired to complete rehabilitation by several personal traits. First, is my desire to succeed at any task I undertake, and excel at. Second, my desire to maintain a vigorous life style as long as I am able, beyond my current 77 years.”

“(2/20/22) I’m so afraid of failing with the leg extensions... I’m determined to be able to walk normal and hang with my grandkids and do all the stuff we use to do!”

“(2/20/22) To get back to driving and being able to do what I did before surgery.”

“(2/20/22) I am motivated to have a complete recovery so that when I go to Ireland this summer l am able to walk as far and as long as I want.
I am 5 weeks out and I am doing everything I am told to do and I am working through the discomfort knowing I am going to be better for it.
I am encouraged every day with my progress, (being it is slow )but I am on target with my recovery if not a little better than expected. I am walking at my normal pace around my home with no assistance. I can do stairs the normal way be it slower but getting stronger at it every day with a smile on my face for how far I have come. Being positive and staying as active as possible helps me get through my days.”

“(2/19/22) I keep trying to do my daily exercises becsuse Ido not want to end up with a limp or crippled. I had the surgery because i wanted to improve my mobility and stability while playing pickleball and other physical activities. It is not always easy, but it is necessary. Keep on pushing! 🙋‍♂️🥇🙏👍”

“(2/16/22) I had a re-replacement of my left knee. The relief I have experienced of the pain I was in before surgery has been amazing. I grow stronger each day. Whenever I feel tired or discouraged, I just remember where I started. Yes, it still hurts sometimes but it is a healing pain. There is definitely a difference. I have decreased use of narcotics and this also strengthens. I take my daily vitamins and keep a positive attitude. I look forward to beginning PT soon.”

“(2/16/22) I feel too young to have a leg that doesn’t work the way it should. I like to go for walks, and I gun hunt so I need to be able to walk even on uneven ground.”

“(2/16/22) I want to go hiking in Switzerland.”

“(2/15/22) I’m 41 years old and it took me til the age of 38 to become a physically active person. That is when I realized I had a significant problem with my hip mobility. I am 2 weeks post op and even though I’m not back to my Yoga and Aerial Yoga practice, every day I am seeing improvements. I can’t wait til I’m back at it and can see what my new hip can really do! ”

“(2/14/22) Just a short note on what keeps me going.
Being independent is my goal. My disabilities have limited me over the years, and I have learned ways to adapt to them.
My main goal is to be able to take walks with my dogs in the neighborhood. I have not been able to do so and greatly miss out on that. I know once I can start walking fully again, I will be out doing this. Over the weekend I began being able to let them outside, and striving each day to become the person I was pre Surgery. Small steps, big gains in my book.”

“(2/13/22) What keeps me going? Alot!
Help from my husband 😊 so i can do my therapy and take my time healing.
I have 3 big gardens, 3 dogs that like to play Frisbee and work with 3 of our granddogs.
I would also like to try bowling again an throwing a ball.
I have an apt building that i do my own maintenance on and if needed work on my cars ( changing brakes to changing alternators).
And if this summer construction is crazy I might come out of retirement to help. Im a local 150 operator. Yes heavy equipment 😊
This is what keeps me going.
PS : We have 4 grandsons and 4 little cousins we follow in their sports too.😁”

“(2/12/22) I have started my 4th week in recovery and i am doing great!! The team at * are the best ! I am amazed at the care I am receiving and I feel like they are with me every step of the way. Each and every day I receive at least one automated message from Dr * it’s as if he knows exactly where I am in recovery and what he needs to say to make my journey the best it can be. Everyday I feel the improvement in my knee and I am well on my way to getting my freedom back. I am driving myself to PT now and have been off pain pills for over a week. ”

“(2/10/22) Initially my inspiration came from friends and family who have also had knee replacement surgery. They were different ages and levels of physical fitness, but each of them handled the recovery and said that it was worth it.

What is helping me as I go through the process is celebrating milestones: Graduating from two crutches to one, getting the bandage off (and showering without it), weaning off medicines, walking with no crutch at all! With each week I see progress. It’s been 5 weeks since my surgery, and am excited to see what Week 6 will bring.”

“(2/9/22) So - I’m almost at week 5 post surgery. First few weeks were difficult to say the least. My husband inspires me to get back on track w/my life! He’s been a great caregiver while all the while maintaining his daily trip to the gym. We’re going to take our camper to Yellowstone in May & I want to be the best I can be for that!”

“(2/8/22) I am inspired to work hard so I can get back to exercise and long walks with out pain.”

“(2/8/22) I am a 70 year old; very important to follow these exercises to better my life style. I am hoping that this will pay off in the long run.”

“(2/7/22) I have been so happy to have had my hip replacement. I was only in pain for a couple of days after the surgery. And believe me that little pain I was in could never compare to the very, very extreme pain I was in before surgery. This surgery is going to make me more independent to do the things I couldn’t do in the past, when I was in all that pain. Now, I can lay, sit, and stand without pain or need of assistance of assistant devises/aides or people. It just opens you up to a whole new world of freedom and independent living!”

“(2/6/22) I want to hike in the Canadian Rockies and in the Smokey Mountains. I also want to play tennis again. All of this means I have to keep doing the exercises. I am motivated to help produce a pain free future for my right knee.”

“(2/5/22) Before hip replacement surgery, I was unable to ride my bike or hike and eventually I could not even walk across the street because the pain was so severe. All of this happened within 3 months time. I am motivated to do the exercises, ice and elevate so that I can return my normal life and do more than walk across the street. I am willing to put in the time and effort as well as being patient as I know the pay off will be worth it. Every day is a little bit better.”

“(2/1/22) I have used wanting to get back to doing things I love as a motivation. Doing things with my grandkids and working outside. I am a very active person outside and just retired so I want to do the things I dreamed of. If I get a little low I just look at my grandkids pics and say this is for us!”

“(1/31/22) So I can go places,and do things that I haven’t been able to do because of my knees! My Goddaughter who is 7 years old likes to be on the move.she is such a joy to be around! She’s my motivation!!”

“(1/29/22) I want to walk with my grandchildren without hobbling. I want to play 18 holes of golf without a cart.”

“(1/29/22) It’s easy to be inspired to work hard at rehab when it’s my 2nd hip replacement. I know in 5-6 weeks I should be almost as good as new. It’s not even 2 weeks since my surgery and, although still a little swollen and sore, and even though the pt excercises cause some additional pain and swelling - the narcotic pain killers, walker, and cane are already just a memory. Ice and Tylenol are working just fine. Comfortable sleep positions are still tough, but keep getting better every day. Not a lot of sacrifice for a permanent pain and mobility solution!!”

“(1/27/22) These text messages were almost reading my mind. Topics such as swelling, pain and driving came on the days that I was thinking of them.The interactive aspect of them about asking more questions on certain topics came in very handy. These messages kept my spirits up and kept pushing me to continue my recovery.”

“(1/25/22) Being able to keep up with my grandkids.”

“(1/25/22) It’s hard to get inspired when you are still in pain. I had my right hip replaced and the inner thigh is still quite bruised as well as painful. The inner calf also is painful. I ice and do my exercises regularly. I cannot get comfortable yet on my right side. I am trying to remain positive.”

“(1/25/22) My decision on a hip replacement was one of the best decisions I have made. My hip was so bad for about a year. I tried all injections including gel. Nothing worked the pain stopped me from doing my hiking and and enjoying car shows. Since my hip replacement has been done, I’m sorry I waited so long. ”

“(1/24/22) Good Evening … I’m inspired by knowing that I will eventually be able to enjoy simple pleasures in life that I took for granted: joyfully and comfortably walking my dog, hiking forest preserves, dancing salsa, exercising for my health and just comfortably walking. For years I’ve struggled with PT, exercising and gritting the pain.

I’m looking forward to not calculating which foot to use and how I’m going to step off of the curb. I’m looking forward to having my energy back to enjoy a friend’s bar mitzvah party instead of expending it and bearing the pain just to attend and sit the party out.”

“(1/24/22) For almost a year cortisone shots really aided me to walk and I made a promise to myself (and our dogs) that we would walk everyday, weather permitting. I had a personal goal to lose weight and get in shape and at 55 years of age, weight creeps up.

We started at a mile and during a nine month period, we went from 1 mile to 3.5-5 miles a day. I lost 34 pounds and was so happy!

I remember my father saying after his TKR he wished he would have done it sooner, I now understand what he meant. I am determined to get back to the parks and walk with my husband and dogs. I will do whatever the doctor and physical therapist tell me to do to get back out there and lose another 34 pounds!

The surgery and everything that comes afterward so far has been exactly what everyone has told me that had a TKR. They all have said basically the same thing, “you won’t regret it if you do everything they tell you to do.””

“(1/24/22) What keeps me going during this whole recovery is the automatic texts from Dr Della Valle and therapy. It hurts but I know the end result is quality of life so I push myself to do my home exercises as well. My knee gets stiff so if I continue to use it I will be ok. Don’t get discouraged work hard and the end result will be great. I am currently still in therapy and haven’t missed one session because I am excited about getting my strength back. Good luck everyone you got this!”

“(1/22/22) I am motivated by the fact that I will be able to play with my four year old grand children on the ground on my knees.
I want to be able to go on four hour walks without being in pain
My flexibility it’s currently 95 degrees And I am motivated to work hard with my physical therapist”

“(1/22/22) It is very reassuring to know that the people on my medical team are interested in me personally and they are available if I have any problems or concerns. I like the daily messages encouraging me and giving me instructions on care at home. I like being reassured that even though recovery is not easy and takes time and effort, I am on my way to being able to do the things I like - walking, hiking, yoga, yard work. I can’t wait.”

“(1/22/22) What inspires me to regain my strength and to keep pushing everyday is the feeling of satisfaction of not having to wonder if today is going to be a good day based on my pain. I’m 19 years old and there’s so much i’ve missed as a kid/teenager, so being able to do what i’ve always wanted to will be worth it. It gets better, I promise. Stay strong!”

“(1/21/22) I’m encouraged/inspired to continue to work at exercising and achieving my goal so that I can walk easily again in the stores, in the park, get on a boat without difficulty, walk on the beach, play with grandkids, participate in church activities and so so much more….my life.”

“(1/19/22) My grandson and upcoming birth of my granddaughter keeps me motivated to keep exercising. Also, my daughter is getting married this summer and I want to walk normal and I want to dance at the reception!”

“(1/19/22) I once read, “He who has a reason why can bear with any how.” That is my inspiration to get back to being fully and actively involved with my wife, children, and absolutely with my grandchildren. They need my energy. They are my reason why.”

“(1/17/22) I have several motivators. Daily texts have been invaluable. My husband is doing so much since my surgery and I want him to have his normal life back again. My therapist encourages and praises me for every little step of progress. I want to get back to church and friends. My arthritic knee stole things from me a little at a time: biking, climbing steps normally, gardening, cooking. I’m pushing 80 and ready to take back what I can. My decision to have a knee replacement carried with it a commitment to myself to do my very best, push through the pain, have as complete a recovery as possible, and give myself good marks for being tough enough to see this through.”

“(1/17/22) I am inspired by the improvements I observe every day. Even though some are small, I am excited and thankful for all of them and want to keep pushing forward knowing that i will hopefully see more strength and confidence the next day or so.”

“(1/16/22) To be ready to get back on my bicycle for a spin in Nature!”

“(1/14/22) What inspires and keeps me motivated after knee replacement surgery is enjoying my upcoming retirement pain free, dancing with my wife, playing with the grandkids, and traveling. I know I will fully recovery as I have the best Team by my side!!
Thank you for all you do!!! ”

“(1/12/22) I got a lot of support from the text messages that were sent to my iphone every day after surgery. I felt supported in all the exercises that were sent and was also encouraged by the suggestions I received to get through the times where I felt overwhelmed by the lingering pain or the days that I felt tired and had difficulty sleeping. Each message seemed to address the problems I was experiencing and had suggestions to overcome them. I think I would have been lost if it weren’t for those!! ”

“(1/10/22) My motivation after surgery is to get back on my Mountain bike at the 12 week mark. For me, this is the best low impact therapy that I know of. ”

“(1/9/22) After having double knee replacements almost fifteen years ago, the decision to have my left hip done was easy. I enjoy the outdoors: gardening, camping, pursuing whitetails in Wisconsin and climbing rougher terrain out West for mule deer. Not to forget my life-long passion of fishing.

Now at the age of 69, I realized there’s many more outdoor adventures ahead of me. Ones that I want to participate in and share with my grand children.

The doctor completed my hip surgery twelve days ago. The therapist is giving guidance on exercise. It’s now up to me to do a little work. Keeping in mind The Good Lord will not give me more of a challenge that I can handle.”

“(1/9/22) My motivation is keep moving! Do everything the surgeon and his team advises me to do! Follow through with all your PT and exercises at home! Keep reading all the texts that Dr.* sends daily. These are wonderful! Yes there will be pain but the more you move the less pain there will be! Eat healthy and drink a lot of water! Stay positive. Relax! :-)”

“(1/6/22) I have made SO much progress in the almost five weeks since my surgery. There are many things that motivate me to continue to work hard on recovering from surgery.
My biggest motivation is my family. My 3 granddaughters want me to be able to play with them. They want me to sit on the floor and crawl around on the ground make believing we are various animals. Those are things I still cannot do, but I hope to do again one day. I also want to be able to dance with my youngest son at his wedding in April without pain or needing to sit down with my leg elevated. Those are big motivators right now.
Another motivator to work hard is seeing the progress I have made since starting physical therapy three and a half weeks ago. When I first started, I could only rock my feet forward and back on the recumbent bike. Now I am riding for 7 minutes at 60-70 RPM. That is a HUGE improvement. My range of motion is much improved as well and I am walking unaided without limping. Although therapy can be uncomfortable and challenging, I can see and feel the benefits each time I go.
One additional motivator is my desire to travel. I want to be able to walk long distances when sightseeing or visiting amusement parks with my grandchildren.
One last thing that makes me work hard is friends and family members who have been through the same surgery. Seeing their progress and hearing their stories helps me see what is possible and encourages me to not give up.
I hope my story will someday help others as well”

“(1/4/22) What makes me work hard after surgery?

Independence is very important to me so it’s high on my list to be able to do things for myself as long as possible. The therapeutic post surgery exercises ensure that result.
I am a keyboard player in a band and at church -we have performances coming up so I’d better be ready!
I love to cross country ski so I have to get those shoulders in good working order
I love to garden – that can be hard work but I don’t want to give that up
I am too proud and stubborn to let bilateral shoulder replacement surgery keep me from doing what I want to do
I have grand kids to care for
I get a feeling of accomplishment after I do my exercises”

“(1/4/22) I recieved excellent pre, and post surgery care, and support that keeps me Motivated to participate in my physical therapy, no matter how challenging, and sometimes painful it may feel. I know the rewards are coming, because everyday I begin to feel a little stronger and better than before my surgery. I remain hopeful. ”

“(1/4/22) Able to work and live a normal life without any brace on my knee. Also working with the Best! ”

“(1/4/22) I was having a hard time with a setback on one of my knees. Being sick of pain and exhausted, I reached out to an acquaintance who specializes in counseling. She gave me a couple of tools to pull me out of my rabbit hole.
1. Be grateful for all the people who love on you by calling, writing, emailing, texting, bringing dinners, sitting with you while you’re sleeping.
2. Out of the 8 spokes on your “wheel “, physical, mental, spiritual, emotional, financial, health, support network, medical, you have have a spoke that is broken. Your physical spoke needs extra attention and nurturing.
The pain didn’t go away overnight and I still have a couple of years before everything is better however my mindset is better and I am full of gratitude for all of those who are on my wheel-team.
Keep your wheels well oiled and cleaned so if one needs special attention, you will be able to keep on rolling!!
Keep on trudging!!!”

“(1/2/22) I’m a doer and I’m excited to be doing all the things I love minus the pain of worn out knees! I push through the discomfort in PT and home exercises because I want to get the most out of my new knees in the long run. So excited!”

“(12/31/21) The thing that inspires me the most to to remember why I did this and that is to make my knee feel some relief. I am trying my best to follow all exercises and therapy to move my forward with my progress.”

“(12/29/21) I have been inspired by the desire to return to work. I am in between my fourth and fifth week and I’m starting to feel better than I did prior to my knee replacement. Physical therapy and exercise is the key to your recovery!”

“(12/29/21) I work hard to regain my strength for myself and also to gain my independence from the need for others to do for me. I want to get back walking ahead of my sister instead of behind her. She’s a short person you see. We used to laugh how far ahead I would walk from her. No laughing now. I want to be back playing with the dogs outside and running around the house with them.”

“(12/29/21) My inspiration is to return to my fitness routine walking several miles (only option when gyms were closed due to early pandemic days), swimming, & ability to use other fitness equipment or participate in fitness classes. Also, walking/hiking with family & friends without hesitation for pain considerations!

Less fun, but necessary, I have several “home organization projects” that require moving boxes around, so ability to get them done comfortably is a goal!

Having been through knee surgery several years ago, I know following rehab routine is key to success. Amazed at how quick hip recovery moves!”

“(12/28/21) What’s helpful to me after recovering from surgery, is keeping my mind engaged so that it doesn’t dwell on the fact that I have some temporary physical limitations.
For example, in my downtime from my surgery, I’m learning how to better use a Digital Audio Workstation (DAW) on the computer with the goal of being able to record original songs. I’ve also learned it is extremely important to set realistic goals in the weeks after surgery. In other words, there’s a time for keeping your mind sharp (reading, games, learning new skills, etc.), doing appropriate exercises (without overdoing it!), and relaxing/resting (brief naps, streaming/watching TV, etc). It’s also a great time to renew your faith spiritually—times like these cause everyone to think about the mysteries of life. And don’t neglect reaching out to someone and telling them how your progress is going. That does wonders for lifting your spirit!”

“(12/27/21) I was anticipating faster progress from the outset. Obviously, I wasn’t dealing in reality. I did pre-op exercises as instructed and post-op as well. The daily contacts from the doctor inspired me to perform each exercise as I progressed in the rehab. process. I found myself waiting each day for the tone on my phone notifying me of the daily update.”

“(12/26/21) Don’t try to take on the world, but make sure you put little bits of time into your PT every day! Remember, you want to get back to where you were before your stupid knee got in the way! It’s all about staying mobile and active especially as we move into our 60s. I can’t wait to walk in my neighborhood, which I love doing. That desire pushes me through the exercises. You’ve got this!”

“(12/26/21) When I retired from roller derby, I knew I had to find another activity that would make me feel as powerful, strong, and badass as derby had. Despite my family’s urging that I take up knitting or chess, I decided that I wanted to learn how to speed skate on the ice, like Shani Davis. However, my knee got worse and worse and I was never able to give it a try. That’s my inspiration to keep pushing through the pain: that feeling of flying around the track, strong and free and unstoppable. I know that’s what is waiting for me if I keep the faith and focus on the big picture. See you on the ice!”

“(12/22/21) What is inspiring me after hip surgery is
1. Dancing with my husband
2. Playing with the grandkids
3. Hiking
4. Being able to travel
5. Wearing my fabulous shoes/boots again!”

“(12/20/21) I’m inspired to do my best after my total knee replacement because I’m tired of being limited in my activity. I didn’t go through this surgery to not try my hardest to be the best I can be. I want to travel, walk, and hike without limitations. I want to get down on the floor and play with my grandchildren again. Especially the new ones on the way! I’m too young to be sedentary! I’m only 69. Lol”

“(12/20/21) I put off total knee replacement 8 or 9 years
So my replacement actually hurts less than the previous, and to have both legs walk at and on the same level and it’s improving every day...that’s what I’ve been waiting for and what keeps my spirits alive knowing I will keep improving with exercise and PT. ”

“(12/18/21) This is round 2 of having my hip replaced. I had my right hip replaced over a year ago, and it was the best thing that ever happened, as I got my life back, was able to enjoy pain free movement, and could resume all the activities that I had previously enjoyed. I just had my left hip replaced 2 weeks ago, and again the immediate relief of the terrible pain of the hip was gone as soon as I regained feeling to my legs. The recovery has been wonderful, and I am now walking without pain and pretty normal again. There is stiffness in the muscles, that I know will go away as time passes, as it did with the first one. Just following the regime of recovery will get you to the desired goal of walking again without even thinking about your hips being replaced. The relief is not only felt but the freedom of having my life back is almost beyond words. For any who are wondering if this surgery is worth it, I would have to encourage you to not wait a second longer, as the other side of surgery is such a miracle, that living in pain does not have to be anyone’s burden any longer!
”

“(12/18/21) The more exercises I do the better I feel!
Exercise = more move, better posture (able to stand up straight), better nights sleep and very good bladder control! Oh, I’m now able to get in and out of bed with ease!
Good luck everyone and stay strong! We are all on the way to a much better, happier active life!”

“(12/17/21) What keeps me motivated is that I want to able to get back to doing things for my self and being able to do my house work and get back to my job. Therefore, I need to continue to push myself.”

“(12/15/21) Your texts were very helpful.
The goal of pain free hiking was also a motivator as were my labs looking to run with me.”

“(12/14/21) The hope of improved mobility that will reopen avenues to some of the enjoyable of improved quality of life.”

“(12/13/21) I’ve been doing the exercises from therapy every single day. My therapist is very positive, which carries over to my motivation. Every day I notice some kind of improvement, which is a far cry from my first few days at home, when just lifting my surgical leg onto the bed was overwhelming.”

“(12/11/21) What inspires me after surgery is to be able to do activities without pain. My wife and I like to hike and bike. I look forward to doing more of those activities as well as doing more with the Grandkids. Now that I just retired, I plan on doing more physical activities! I can’t wait to get back living and enjoying my hobbies like golf, hiking, biking, etc...”

“(12/11/21) I enjoy my quality of life! Being outside, working in the yard, gardening and just enjoying nature. I also want to be able to help my family when needed. I’m very independent and do not want others having to care for me. I will be cooking for our family Christmas Eve get together!!”

“(12/11/21) I have a new knee due to an old soccer injury! My left knee has prevented me from hiking, walking, and participating in other activities with my family for quite a number of years. My husband’s love for outdoor activities in Montana convinced me that it was time for a total knee replacement! I didn’t want a solitary life of putting puzzles together while my loved ones were out enjoying the beauty of nature. As a private practice psychotherapist/former social worker, I so appreciate the daily informative text messages filled with hope and inspiration. They help me maintain a positive attitude- even during the painful healing moments!”

“(12/9/21) My motivation includes wanting to walk up and down stairs, travel, walk distances, and get back to the health club for quality workouts. I plan to return to a previously healthy condition, if not better, before knee pain slowed me down. I am anxious to play with my granddaughter, to bicycle and to swing a golf club without pain. I’m on that path; I’ll get there.

I am working diligently with an excellent physical therapist, and do the home exercises as well. Although they cause soreness, it’s temporary and I know are improving my knee strength and flexibility. Though treatment with the therapist will end, I have every reason to continue much of what I am doing.”

“(12/8/21) I want to keep working on my knees so I can get back to play tennis, Pickle ball, Softball. Also to get back to my love life. Really sucks when you have a bad knee.”

“(12/8/21) My inspiration is to get back to my normal daily routine & of course playing golf. I believe you only get out of therapy from what you put into it.”

“(12/6/21) I’m inspired to keep working on my knee rehabilitation so I can dig it out and get to every single ball that comes to me on the tennis court. After a few years of bone-on-bone and having guys drop shot and place balls out of my reach that I’m not able to hobble and get, I’m now going to get those balls and send them back to them with fierce pace.”

“(12/1/21) Grateful for surgery I work hard to be able to be rid of arthritis to be able to walk correctly like every one else.”

“(11/29/21) I had my other hip replaced 22 years ago, so I was MUCH YOUNGER. But it doesn’t take any stretch of imagination to recall how much doing my physical therapy work paid off in the weeks following surgery! I was able to walk again without fearing how bad the pain would be, and it wasn’t long before I realized how my hip replacement did indeed feel as though it was a new hip I had been born with! ”

“(11/26/21) Stay focused on the ultimate outcome, noting that adherence to exercises, icing and resting are components to successful recovery. Maintain positive thoughts, watch favorite programs, catch up on readings and stay in touch with family and friends.”

“(11/24/21) Vanity and golf!”

“(11/24/21) What motivates me to keep up my PT exercises is that I want to remain active and get back to my pre surgery activity. I want to go to the gym and do my normal workout. I want to go back to walking 3 miles a day. I want to ride my bike again. I want to travel and enjoy my life.”

“(11/22/21) I have been through surgery before this one that required exercise and PT. I was very diligent about my exercise at home and PT it payed of. So I guess I was ready to do the work. My goal here is to get recovered so I can start my left knee. I need to be all recovered to start fishing in the spring. I have been through surgery before this one that required exercise and
PT. I was very diligent about my exercise at home and PT it payed of. So I guess I was ready to do the work. My goal here is to get recovered so I can start my left knee. I need to be all recovered to start fishing in the spring. ”

“(11/22/21) I’m a very active ADD adult and I can’t stand being in this laid-up condition. I’ve exercised 3 days per week since 11th grade and I want to be able to at least do the bare minimum of walking miles again. Hopefully x-ctry skiing, biking, & hiking too, but I’ll be grateful for walking! I’ve been determined all these years to try to stay healthy, so my determined & hopeful spirit to recuperate to whatever God will give me, is strong💪!”

“(11/22/21) I have been inspired to recover because the orthopedic team provides so much guidance and support you can’t help but be motivated to get better. What inspired me even more is seeing the guidance actually work. It makes you feel you will get better and can accomplish your goals. ”

“(11/21/21) While the recovery process is slow I would continue to look back to see how far i came since the day of surgery. Going home a few days after surgery I was better off than a few days before. I would compare how much I improved every week. My PT would push me and I would work to make sure I kept up with her.
Was it an easy recovery? No but it seemed that there was improvement everyday. ”

“(11/20/21) I have a hip replacement,
It seems I wore my left one out.
You see, I have done a lot in life.
Of this I have no doubt.

My team at *** gave me guidelines I should follow.
At first when I began it was a lot to swallow.

But now it seems so easy, the exercises I complete.
I am walking with no assistance from their guidelines I have reaped.

So those of you out there who have had joint replacement, too.
I encourage you keep up the work your doctors gave to you.
For soon you will forget you were ever in so much pain.
And all the things you love in life will return for you to claim.”

“(11/19/21) My motivation in therapy is to continue training in Martial Arts and get back to work.”

“(11/21/21) My inspiration to keep going is to know that I’ve gotten a little bit better each day. I keep moving without pain and rest/cat nap when I’m able. I look forward to a pain-free night of sleep.”

“(11/17/21) After the first couple of days from surgery, which were painful… I am encouraged by daily progress with minor pain to the pain free state of being that I have not enjoyed for quite some time!
The light at the end of the tunnel is getting brighter daily!
It’s easy to keep “moving” with NO pain is just around the corner!
This is all so amazing! ”

“(11/15/21) Throughout this journey, I’ve had various motivators but I had one today that I had not anticipated!

Born with hip dysplasia, I don’t think my muscles ever functioned
properly - the same way the muscles of a person born with a “normal” hip
would. I had hip replacement surgery about 3 weeks ago and have been
participating in physical therapy as directed. Today, while laying in
bed, I happened to move the toes on my operative leg and felt the
movement of a muscle on the outside of my hip that I had NEVER IN MY
LIFE felt! Because I still have hip dysplasia in my other hip, I moved
those toes to see if I would feel that same muscle. Nope - couldn’t
feel that muscle at all. Back to the operative leg and yep - there it
is! I’m guessing this is because my muscles are just now (at 49 years
old) learning how to support a healthy hip structure! I knew
(academically) that I would be capable of much more after hip
replacement surgery but NOW, I am so very excited to continue the
healing process so that I can challenge my body to be the absolute best
it can be! AMAZING!!!!!
”

“(11/14/21) Every day the exercise makes me feel stronger and healthier and the pain gets less and less.”

“(11/14/21) To motivate myself to follow post-op restrictriction and exercise PT protocols, I think of the following goals:
* Getting bathed and dressed more easily.
* Walking in the park with my two dogs.
* Caring for my first grandchild this spring.
* Completing some light chores again.
* Enjoying a ‘date night out’ with my spouse.
* walking without pain.
* Reducing retail therapy.”

“(11/12/21) The first time I met you, you gave me hope because u didn’t let my age of 85 stop my surgery, you went by how active I was and want to be again. Since then , friends my age, have seen and are seeing the progress and determination on how far I’ve come, thanks to you for not giving up on me. I have many friends who have similar problems with their knee and hips who are now trying to get an appointment with you, not only for your expertise in surgery, but your encouragement and kindness to your patients.”

“(11/11/21) I’m continuing to exercise from home because the more I do, the better I feel. ”

“(11/10/21) The first few days after surgery are the very very hardest but after that each day gets better sometimes you have days that you’re like OK I’ve slid back but other days you go forward I’ll and I’ll never give up keep trying and now at almost 2 weeks I can see I had and see that it’s getting better every day you have to work get up and move even though it’s hard it is so so worth it do the exercises that they give you and you’ll be so much better off in the long run I have it appreciated looking at a paper to know where I should be at but remember not everybody’s the same so take it at your own pace push yourself a little you can do it!!”

“(11/10/21) On day twelve after surgery I had an online interactive training event that prevented me from following my regular walking and exercise routine given to me. By the end of the day my hip had swollen up and I was in more pain than usual. I started to walk etc but was moving slower and waddling! So now I realize the value of keeping up my movements and completing the routines given me. I won’t skip anymore exercises for sure!”

“(11/8/21) Just doing things that I I haven’t been able to do for years inspires me to get up and do my exercises. I can walk more than 1/2 a block, go up the 26 stairs, clean houses, mow lawns, etc.., all without shedding a tear. ”

“(11/7/21) The desire to return to my beloved activities, Bowling, swimming and tennis also aerobics along with the super support of my Health Team and family really inspire me to work diligently at full recovery.”

“(11/6/21) I decided to have total knee replacement surgery, Because I was tired of hurting and not being able to do what I wanted to do.

Going into surgery was scary, but a future of increasing pain and being able to do less and less was worse. So, I took the chance, and it’s been worth it. Looking to a future of walking and being free from pain in my knees is worth the temporary pain of surgery. Every day, the pain is less and, much of the time, my knee replacement hurts less than my knee, which I will have replaced next time. Pain is not pleasant, but it won’t last forever. That state is worth working toward and keeps me going. ”

“(11/6/21) I want to be pain free and have strong knees so next Summer I can take long hikes with my husband. We have had our trip to Alaska postponed 2 years due to Covid and hopefully next Summer it will finally happen. With 2 good knees this trip be so much more enjoyable.”

“(11/6/21) Regain my independence!”

“(11/5/21) Want to return as normal as possible to enjoying life and the things that I took for granted.”

“(11/3/21) I am a 58 year old male that took a forced early retirement due to the surgeries I needed. At 49 I had my left knee fully replaced and had a 2 level spinal fusion in my neck. Then in 2018 I had 2 new levels of my spine fused above and below my previous levels. After my 2012 knee surgery I took up road biking on my bicycle 🚲. It is now my love and passion. My wife and I both now take bike trips. And now after my recent knee replacement we have a trip planned this spring to Galveston Tx to ride and then down to sunny Florida. So every day my motivation us to ride once again. And now my wife After 35 years as a nurse has retired and now we can ride much more. Thank you for all you did for me and my wife. Next up I may need some hips replaced.”

“(11/2/21) Grandchildren have asked if we are still going to be able to go horseback riding, ziplining, white water rafting together again. I said yes … so can’t break my promise to them. But maybe not this year😉”

“(11/2/21) I’m inspired to work hard after surgery to be able to walk well for long distances. I’m retired and ready to travel the world and traveling requires a lot walking.”

“(11/1/21) This is my second TKR and it has been a very positive experience for me. The daily text messages help reinforce that you are doing everything right. Staying positive and knowing that working through physical therapy is painful, though necessary, to achieve the goal of fully functional knee.”

“(11/1/21) My friend Shirley who drove me. She came each day and we exercised. She was always positive, pushy and persistent as she tortured my knee. Everyone needs a Shirley.”

“(10/30/21) My inspiration comes from both internal and external forces.Im quickly looking at completing another trip another the sunl and turning 69 at my present pace is not an option. No more being a bystander from this moment on I want to participate, walks. Bike riding, swimming. Sailing, I need my independence back and freedom to choose what I do I’ve been blessed with a beautiful family and life, no time to waste”

“(10/25/21) I believe just knowing that I will able to walk without using my cane or walker. What motivates me is myself, telling myself everyday I can do this, just 1 day at a time , I know there will be difficulties along the way, but I got this.”

“(10/25/21) I am looking forward to Being able to do more physical activities with my husband, children and grandchildren, enjoying the outdoors more, and just day to day activities without pain and limitations! At 4 1/2 weeks post op, I can already walk further and flex my leg more than before surgery!”

“(10/24/21) I am motivated to work hard after my surgery to try and keep up with my 6-year old grandson. He thinks grandpa can do almost anything and I’d like to prove him right!”

“(10/24/21) A new knee is like a generous drink from the fountain of youth! What a tremendous privilege it is to have such amazing medical technology, doctors, nurses, and physical therapists and - this is the part that really kind of grabs me - access to it!! I am in the top percent of people in this world to be able to have the luxury of a brand new knee!
I’m looking forward to simplify going up and down the steep stairs in my home without any trouble in addition to longer walks with my dogs. Even though I’m just shy of 2 weeks since the procedure, I’m really glad I had it done. Granted, I was asking myself during the first 4 - 5 days, “why did I do this to myself?” I no longer feel that way at all. I am very grateful. ”

“(10/24/21) It’s been so long since I have been able to do the ordinary things I use to take for granted, like taking a long walk, working in my garden and keeping up with the grandkids. Being extra careful to fully recover to enjoy these things again.”

“(10/24/21) Receiving a total knee is my opportunity to get back to doing things I haven’t been able to do in some time. I call it “doing life”.
I work hard and push myself each day to be the best for that day.
So with that said; think positive, love yourself and enjoy this new life!”

“(10/23/21) Each day is a little better. I keep working toward my goal to get movement in my leg. As I know if I keep up pushing my self I will soon be doing any thing I want to do as I have all ready had the other knee done and it is great. ”

“(10/23/21) My motivation to a full hip replacement recovery is long term and short term. My husband needs back surgery and shoulder surgery in the near future. So I want to be able to take care of him post- op.
Short term, is a nephew’s wedding that I want to attend, without a limp. (I hate looking old and sad). I would ideally like to be helpful by having house guests, to allow visiting family close proximity to the wedding events.
Also, I am looking foreword to going for walks with friends before the weather gets too cold.
I plan rest time between times of increased activity to minimize pain and getting overtired. I tend to snack when I’m board and restless, so I stocked up on fruits and veggies. They also “keep me going”.
Seven months after my first hip replacement I was invited to an Italian villa for family celebration. You just never know what fabulous adventure you need to be ready for. Makes it worth pushing onward. ”

“(10/22/21) I want to continue to work to gain strength and flexibility so things get back to normal. Looking forward to less pain and medication. ”

“(10/21/21) Behind others who have had this surgery in the past - friends who were already doing stairs and walking more than a block by the time they were in 6 week of recovery. But I stay motivated because I want to get back to my normal life of being much more active than I am right now. Plus my weight gain has been doubled since the knee began hurting 3 years ago. I. Would like to ask if it would be possible for me to continue to receive the great, positive, motivating messages that come each day, for 2 weeks longer than the normal. I believe either this week or next week is supposed to be my last week of getting them. I would be so grateful if I could get them for this additional time, they greatly help me from getting discouraged on days when I don’t feel like I’m progressing as quickly as others. To anyone else struggling through the physical therapy after a knee replacement, DO NOT GIVE UP. KEEP PUSHING THROUGH AND DO WHAT YOU CAN EACH DAY, and don’t be shy about asking your therapist for some tools to help you. YOU WILL GET THERE, I PROMISE YOU!!! Good luck to all!!!!”

“(10/19/21) I am inspired to work hard on my rehab by my goal of getting back to my activities that were limited by my knee pain - hiking, biking, skiing.”

“(10/19/21) What inspires me are my children and grandchildren. They have seen me in pain with my knees and want me to enjoy my life pain free. I am 81 yrs old and still have a lot of living to do.”

“(10/19/21) My main aim is to get myself back to pre-hip problem and be able to travel and be active with my family and friends.”

“(10/19/21) My kids and friends are also an inspiration to me. They keep telling me how good I’m doing and keep pushing me to do better. Even though I’m on quarantine, it’s easy to remember them and keep pushing myself to do better during rehab. It would be easier to just give up but we talk about what we’re going to do in the future so it’s easy to keep pushing myself.

But God is my greatest inspiration. I know he loves me and will help me to continue to get better. 🙏🏻🙏🏻”

“(10/16/21) My inspiration to work hard comes from wanting my knee to feel normal again. I want to be independent and not have to use a walker or crutch for very long. I want to feel like I can go do something with my family without being in pain, or wearing myself out.

I have a new great-grandson I and I want to be able to travel (drive or be a passenger) for over 8 hours to go meet him and hold him before he’s too big. His big sister, my first great- granddaughter, talks to me with her parents on FaceTime and tells me how bad she wants me to come see her and the new baby. It is so adorable to listen to her, and it inspires me to work harder.

My husband, 4 children, 9 grandchildren, and the 2 great-grandchildren all encourage me to get better so that we can spend time together doing something fun!”

“(10/12/21) I am so very thrilled with the prospect of walking Brooklyn, New York with my son and having no pain while doing so. We are planning our entire family Christmas in NY now that I can really enjoy it without pain. ”

“(10/10/21) Why do I work so hard post surgery?
There are numerous reasons, the first and foremost is so that I can be back on my feet and living a normal healthy life. Secondly I have always prided myself on my personal fitness even as the years creep up on me, therefore maintaining a solid work ethic and regime helps me achieve this. Also not the least is that I have three beautiful grandchildren with whom I have a wonderful relationship that most often requires me to be rather active, which is more than enough reason to find the inspiration to work hard and maintain the exercise programs set for me.”

“(10/7/21) I have learned much on my journey before and after my replacement surgery. First and foremost, I encourage you to do the work to reap the rewards! PT exercises are critical to a full recovery and a return to a “new normal”. They may not always feel comfortable, especially at the beginning. But with time and a determined spirit the discomfort is replaced by a healthy range of motion and more comfortable days and years ahead. Do the work and reap the rewards! Stay focused and positive! You can do this!”

“(10/5/21) I am very motivated to be healthy, happy and strong! For 15 years I have not been able to run or jump (as in dance) and I plan to do both after I heal. Most importantly, I’ll be able to trust my knees when I play with my young daughter. ”

“(10/5/21) I’m inspired to work at my rehab because I want to be able to participate in and enjoy the family hikes and ski trips that bring us all together. It’s been more and more difficult the past few years and had reached the point where I would have no chance of being involved in these activities without knee replacement(s). I also am grateful just to return to normal, every day activities without pain.”

“(10/4/21) What motivates me is knowing I will soon have full hip functionality. Secondly, these texts help tremendously, just when a question enters my mind, ding I hear an incoming text from Dr. *’s team! And lastly, I joined a FB group of M patients like me going through similar issues. ”

“(10/4/21) I am inspired to work hard so that I can go out west next summer and hike some National Parks with my family!”

“(10/4/21) What inspires me to get better is I still have a lot to do in my life. My wife and I love to camp and travel the country. We love helping out in any way we can at church. So as long as I do my therapy every day like Dr. * told me I know I will be able to do all the things I love to do pain free. So hang in there and do that therapy.👍😁”

“(9/28/21) I savor the minutes that I am able to walk pain free, and those moments remind me of how it will feel to continuously walk pain free in the months ahead.”

“(9/28/21) Enjoyed the texts and they have been very helpful. My goals were to be able to enjoy our camper this fall. Another was to be able to go out for breakfast or lunch and enjoy my friends. My inspiration was my husband who was there every step of the way and had his knee replaced a few years ago by Dr. * and is doing very well. Family and friends are wonderful support.”

“(9/25/21) I am sooooo very, very pleased with my total knee replacement!!! It is 5 weeks and I am riding a stationary bike in our exercise room and driving my convertible and enjoying the cooler weather and changing colors.
I’m 86 years old and feel more like 36.
I faithfully performed every exercise I was given with the help of a physical therapist, who came twice a week and gently and patiently coached my progress.
My surgeon deserves a huge round of applause for his expertise and method of rehabilitation.”

“(9/22/21) My daughters mother in law has had both knees replaced and never took rehab seriously. I do not want to go through this and still limp. I want to be able to walk pain free.”

“(9/17/21) I keep going after surgery for myself just to feel back to normal and for my family to have their mama back. I realize how much I take my health for granted when it is suddenly taken away. The ability to move is so important and oh how I take it for granted. I am going to keep working hard to get back to where I was and get even better than that. Good luck to all!”

“(9/11/21) I’m a 67 yr. old grandmother of 20 grandkids and 4 great grandchildren. Now that I’m retired I want to be able to do things with them and keep up with them like their other grandparents. I also have a vacation planned for the end of this year that I thought I would of had to cancel because of the pain I had daily. Thank God and Dr.* for making my life so so much better. I can walk and sleep practically pain free.”

“(9/11/21) It is day 12 since my surgery. Yesterday I walked my dog around the block, unassisted. I haven’t been able to do that since April, because of the severe pain in my right hip. I’m inspired to do that again, everyday. I’m inspired to get back to my workouts and to just live a pain free, active life again. I’m am so thankful!”

“(9/8/21) I think what helped me was that I’m an advent Gardner. I love to grow vegetables and flowers. So one of the things that got me up and outside was my gardens. I would sit on my patio chair, do my exercises and get up and walk. Also, what I really enjoyed was the messages via text. It was great!!”

“(9/7/21) The thought of walking pain free in the forest preserve or on a beach is what inspires me.”

“(9/6/21) Working hard to recover for my family and the ability to work in my garden!”

“(9/4/21) Life motivates me...family trips to the fair, zoo, Disney, the beach. Being able to entertain friends. Enjoying my garden. Simply enjoying every minute of life to its fullest motivates me to keep pushing.”

“(9/3/21) My inspiration for TKR is to feel my age (I’m 52). My goal is to be able to enjoy walking again free of pain and to go on fun vacations with my family. I would also like to lose the weight I have gradually gained over the years due to arthritic pain and lack of exercise. I know that I am well on my way!”

“(9/2/21) Mine is probably not your typical recovery story. I went home and felt great, but reached too far to grab my walker and slid off the bed into a awkward space so we called 911 to make sure we didn’t hurt my knee. Apparently I was given too much Oxy between taking 1 when I got home and one when I fell. They gave me 10 mg more in the hospital, and I ended up staying for over a week with oxygen and heart issues because of the meds and nothing was done for my knee - I went to rehab 8 days later and fortunately, the PT in the hospital made me stretch out and assist my extension the last three days I was there. They sent me home from rehab after 1 day because my knee was already at 25 degrees and I had already planned for being at home with a shower chair and a toilet riser and it was only through prior planning and working to walk longer distances every day that I am almost at 0 degrees after only 10 days. I haven’t been active for years because of my knee and after my hospitalization I was determined to get back to normal so I would never have to go through that experience again. Hang in there… it’s as easy or hard as you want it to be!!!”

“(9/2/21) I found the whole surgery and
aftercare has been outstanding. I had a physiotherapist visit me twice a week for four weeks. She monitored my progress and added new exercises as I progressed. Following this routine made my recovery very rapid and five weeks post surgery I am walking normally, I need no aids , I am pain free and my family and friends are amazed by my rapid recovery. The exercises certainly contributed to my healing and enabled me to be to get back to normal life relatively quickly .
Very happy 😊”

“(8/30/21) Congratulations for streamd and all the care given by the whole surgical team for hip surgery.Im sure everyone benefits from streamd possibly in different ways.It is so good to have someone at your back if you are alone and feeling down.To know what to expect and what is normal and to know when something is not normal. Thankyou I looked forward during the recovery your texts.The whole experience I had is a credit to you all for the continuity of care and your dedication to a job well done.A excellent example of surgical care .”

“(8/30/21) Keeping my goals and desires for my future in the forefront keeps me going. ”

“(8/24/21) I am inspired to keep exercising because I sincerely want t get my mobility back . . . and I had two friends that have knee replacements tell me they found it was really important to keep doing the exercises. One had both knees replaced and rides his bicycle up to Alta from Holladay several times a week.
”

“(8/24/21) I want to be able to walk without pain and ride my bike. I want to be stronger than before my surgery. ”

“(8/24/21) Even though I have the pain of surgery after TKR, I no longer have the worry that my knee will give and give me the stabbing pain like before. When I walk, everything in my knee feels like it’s working properly. I’m so thankful for that, what’s a little temporary discomfort as I do the PT exercises? Once I get through them and get my strength and flexibility back, I’ll be as good as new. This recovery is only temporary, unlike the arthritis.”

“(8/22/21) Every day I do my exercises religiously.
This surgery isn’t going to be an overnight fix. Every day I know is one step closer to being able to live without the exhausting joint pain in every day life.

Honestly the first 7-10 days completely suck. Having the anesthesiologist call the day after I came home was a God send. Hearing that the pain I was experiencing is normal almost made me feel better. Prayers for your strength. ”

“(8/21/21) My main goal is to keep working hard to compensate the fabulous result from my surgery. No doubt that I made the right choice with Dr. *. Great surgery and big effort with my daily exercise equal to a perfect recovery.”

“(8/21/21) My surgery has helped me move and function better than I imagined. Initially there was much less pain than before surgery and after two weeks the only pain I have is from therapy to get my muscles back in shape.
I wanted to be able to care for myself and not depend on others. Also a very real reason for me to succeed is to make the most of all the hard work and dedication my doctor and his staff have invested. ”

“(8/19/21) What keeps me motivated after surgery?

Well, I want to get back to my professional life, to my pre surgery movement, to walking. Do I have trouble bending my knee 90 degrees? Crazy! Work at it. I can wave my legs at the dinner table; that will help.

Really, I just want to get things back to where they were and where they need to be, so I keep doing stretches and strengthening exercises.

Onward!”

“(8/17/21) The word inspired means to be spirited from within. I have been on the road to making the decision to replace my knees for over 10 years. The spirit within me said not to wait another day.

I did it! And I was inspired from within. But thank you to all of those who motivated and encouraged me along the way. Thank you to my two children. Thank you to my mom who had her knee replaced in November and supported me by being an awesome example.

Thank you for supporting me and encouraging me to be the best me that I can be.”

“(8/17/21) It’s been a hard road for me since I had a total knee replacement revision, but I am not a stranger to knee replacements. I had both of my knees replaced 20 and 21 years ago
Being in my late 50s then, I said I was going to wear them out. After that I never even thought about the fact that both of my knees had been replaced and really did everything I wanted to do. Then 21 years later I had to have a revision. This time being 80 it is harder, but I am not giving up. Life is still to precious to me, and I am going to continue to fight each day to get my life back. God willing, I will do it, and so can you. I did it before and I WILL do it again!”

“(8/17/21) I really appreciate hearing daily encouragement in post op healing. I found myself looking forward to my next message from Dr * everyday. What a great way to communicate and not feel I have been forgotten. Thanks!!!”

“(8/16/21) What inspires me is looking back each week beyond my surgery to take note of what progress and improvements I made- no matter how subtle. I feel accomplished in focusing on what has changed and remind myself that it will only get better with each week moving forward, and that change takes time but can also occur in leaps and bounds.”

“(8/16/21) I opted for surgery at the ripe young age of 37 because I was tired of pain limiting my life. Bad genes mixed with overuse led to early end-stage osteoarthritis in my hip. I’m a tactical athlete, and while I was able to compensate for a while, my limitations continued to increase. After five long years of conservative management failure I decided it was time for a total replacement. I found an amazing surgeon and team who understood my goals. We’ve been aggressive with my recovery and while painful and frustrating at times, I know this will pay off in the long run. I’ve been through worse and this will only make me stronger and more capable in the end. Reading others’ stories and the daily texts from StreaMD have been critical in my post-op journey. They give me a boost when I’m feeling down and remind me of my “why.””

“(8/16/21) I want to be mobile like I was before my knee pain. Do the fun things I want to do. My family, friends and Dr. *’s automated text every day keep me on track.! I really appreciate the daily text. Nice touch! My home health PT, is very encouraging and motivating. I am so happy to have her do PT at my home.
I am happy I had the surgery but now let’s get on with recovery and my life .!!”

“(8/13/21) When I am experiencing pain post surgery, I remind myself of all the pain I experienced with my ‘bad’ knee before surgery. My pre-surgical pain was a tearing down of my knee and quality of life deterioration. My current post- surgical pain and rehab discomfort leads to healing and a better quality of life. Mentally, the latter pain is much easier to work through when put into this perspective.”

“(8/11/21) I’m a walker first and maybe soon a hiker, downhill skier, cross country skier, backpacker and dancer…..really miss my ContraDancing ! (But because of COVID no one is meeting and dancing). Told from other ‘total hipsters’ to “Do your PT religiously”. Did not use Percocet or Tramadol after about 4 days (wish I never had 1). I found Tylenol and/or Ibuprofen and Ice Ice Ice worked as good, if not better, and didn’t turn my bowels to concrete (even with stool softeners, prunes, prune juice and laxatives)
Because I was off the drugs…… I drove to the grocery and used a cart as a walker 9 days post-op. At 10 days post-op I drove to my volunteer job, and used a cane, as per Melody, to get my posture and gait back to normal (most of my job, I’m sitting)
Today, 11 days post-op, I walked about a 1/4 mile with my pup, using walking sticks used for backpacking. It’s easy (for me) to feel so good, I want to ‘get back to normal’ - like gardening. So I time myself - 15 minutes in the garden, at least 15 inside, off my feet. Feel better already than before surgery !”

“(8/11/21) I am inspired to keep working hard so I can walk again and go on a convention trip to Utah with my daughter.”

“(8/10/21) What inspires me is I can’t stand to be still for a long period of time. Having to sit still with my leg up wears me out. I work hard on my exercises at home and in therapy to get stronger in my leg and knee so I can’t move around more.”

“(8/10/21) My main inspiration is getting back to playing with my grandchildren and back to walking my neighborhood. Love my grandkids so much and really enjoy talking with my neighbors.”

“(8/9/21) My goal is to go back to hot yoga and Pilates, after the Doctor releases me. Only now I will be pain free!”

“(8/4/21) The daily text msgs I receive definitely helps me on my recovery. The msgs included words of encouragement, exercises, and medication reminders. With all that help, how can I not have a quick recovery so I can get back to my normal life of spending time with my family and helping out with the chores. I feel terrible having others pick up my slack!!! That is a big motivator for me not to depend on people doing my chores.”

“(8/3/21) I had a successful surgery. I am motivated by the care and expertise of my doctor. I want to ride my bike to the lakefront again, walk on the sand and take an early morning swim. I want to take walks and hikes and be pain free! I’m almost there! 4.5 weeks….”

“(8/3/21) Knowing with some hard work (and a few tears!) my quality of life will be amazing! I can’t wait to have a normal knee and will work for it!!”

“(8/3/21) I think the thing that has kept me focused on getting better and healing is the drive to get my life back. I have been unable to do all the things I love and be active with my family for about a year. This surgery has let me get back to normal. I will do whatever I can to get my life back on track and I am so grateful for this.”

“(8/3/21) After having surgery, it inspires me to believe that I would be able to walk better, feel stronger, and do the usual tasks that I used to do. Most specially, my son, who has been by my side pre and post-surgery, is graduating this December. I will be walking normally by then to celebrate with him!”

“(7/27/21) I am looking forward to be able to walk without pain, being able to drive and work out in my yard and work in the garden.”

“(7/27/21) Whatever it is, the way you tell your story online can make all the difference.”

“(7/27/21) I’m truly looking forward to moving without arthritis pain for the first time in over 20 years. Also, attending family gatherings and events!”

“(7/26/21) Nature. I didn’t hold on to life all these 68 years to sit in the house or in a car or in an airplane. I want to enjoy walking again.

Years ago I studied landscape architecture at UW-Madison. Life got in the way and I didn’t finish my degree, but I own a house and a 60’ x 120’ lot. I hired a landscape company to soften the ugliness of my neighbor’s new 3-car garage built 1’ from the property line with my pandemic money.

Now, there is plenty more to landscape and I’ve been planning since January 2020 how I want it done! I want to be involved and if the exercises will get me to that goal, they are simple! These exercises don’t hurt as much as walking before the surgery did.

Here’s a hint: use the stretchy bands at first to help do the adduction and leg slide exercises. Soon, you’ll be able to do them on your own. I had surgery less than two weeks ago, and I can do them all. You can too!”

“(7/25/21) I am diligently working on my TKR rehab so that I can hike with my granddaughter, bike, swim, and maybe even kayak! I also want to work part-time. The bone on bone pain is gone which is truly amazing! ”

“(7/25/21) What keeps me inspired and motivated is getting back to my workouts, gardening, playing with my grandkids and just my everyday chores. Also want to get back in my new car.
My wife has been a huge help pushing me through the pain during PT and has been my rock through this tough time.
I will will continue to work hard and stay positive.
I got this!”

“(7/24/21) The quality of life you want after surgery veil depend on the quality of effort you put into rehab. I assure you it is not a cakewalk but if you will put forth the effort the results will be better. It’s a long stressful haul. Just have to put your mind to the job at hand.”

“(7/21/21) I find the texts messages very helpful and encouraging. I share the texts with my family. My teens have been a great inspiration helping me to use the information and links to keep moving.”

“(7/21/21) My parents planned to travel once my dad retired…. My mom’s Alzheimer’s diagnosis altered that plan. My husband retired 11 years ago in October and was diagnosed with cancer in January and passed away in August. Life is short and has no guarantees. My motivation is my kids and grandkids- and my close friends- I’m blessed! I’m going to go enjoy life with the people I love. I’m going to be the best me I can be. No excuses, no pity. I want to be there to enjoy vacations, birthdays, time with my grandkids, family holidays. I love the texts that keep me focused, let me know my concerns are normal, motivate me to exercise at home, and let me know I’m not alone. Thank you for a great experience!”

“(7/20/21) Having been in pain and limited mobility for 9 months, being able to walk out of surgery with no pain gave me the incentive to get up every day and walk and walk and walk.

Not being able to have full mobility for 9 months was taking a toll not only on my health but my mental health. With mobility almost back to normal is better than Christmas. I get up every morning now with a smile on my face and start walking with no pain!”

“(7/15/21) I was inspired to work hard after my surgery because I wanted to reap the full benefit of my knee replacement. ”

“(7/14/21) Need to keep with the rehab. Pain will go away so you can get back to a normal life. Push your self don’t sit around, walk an exercise.”

“(7/14/21) I am working hard so I can do more things with my grandkids ❤️”

“(7/14/21) I’m determined to get back to my regular activities. I miss going to church and helping my family. I can’t wait til I can be able to go out and do things such as shopping and going out to eat and just spending time with my loved ones.”

“(7/13/21) I wanted to get back to my active lifestyle free of the pain and fatigue. I am encouraged and grateful for my wife and my care has been excellent all around. I feel most blessed.

The daily texts were fantastic and kept me working toward my goal. Also, I experienced little pain after surgery, so I was able to really push myself and do the recommended exercises daily. I am incredibly happy with the results as I continue to get stronger.”

“(7/11/21) Five weeks tomorrow and surprised with myself how good I feel and I’m walking “normal” . I had issues with pain, inflammation, bruising... but had lots of support from physical therapist and Dr. *’s office. I’m sticking with the exercise and walking as I want to get 2nd knee done in 2 months. Even with all the issue’s I had after surgery, I’d do again tomorrow.”

“(7/11/11) I am setting my goal to hike all the trails in “The Great Smokey Mountains National Park in Tennessee I did this including all of the Southern Appalachian trail Georgia Tennessee Virginia West Virginia North Carolina and just over the Pennsylvania line this was in my late 20’s and it took 4 summers hiking 2-3 weeks at a time at least twice during each summer I want to revisit those memories Wish me luck”

“(7/10/21) I am so happy that I finally decided to have my knee replacement surgery. I waited too long, I was in so much pain, I was afraid. After meeting with Dr.* and his dedicated staff, I happily decided to go thru with the surgery. It has not been two weeks and already I feel so much better. All pre-op testing was arranged by the staff, all appointments were scheduled in a timely manner. Everyone was so helpful and took time to explain everything. The communication between the doctor and patient is amazing. I receive daily text messages that are informative, motivating and timely. I’m looking forward to my two week post op appointment and will begin out patient therapy next week. Now I look forward to having my right knee done in a few months. Thank you!”

“(7/10/21) I’m inspired to keep my exercises going during recovery because I want to get back to enjoying life without constantly being in pain. I stay home a lot now because I don’t want to slow my friends down while waiting for me to catch up. Now that things are opening back up due to COVID slowing down, family and friends are traveling and getting together without me. It’s time to join them again. We only live once, so we must enjoy life while we’re here!”

“(7/6/21) I am anxious to recover the full strength in my right hip. Ten years ago I had a hip replacement done on my left hip. After, many years of pain and discomfort. The operation was a complete success. I kick myself for not having it done sooner. Now I am ready to begin the process to rebuild my right hip like I did 10-years ago on the other side. I remember the daily walking and
stretching that I did regularly on the first operation. So, I know what I have to do.
I am confident that the time and effort will be worth it. I am thankful that this surgery was available. I know how rebuild my body and make this effort a benefit in my life. I will be able to enjoy my life more with two strong legs. This will be fun🙏🏻❤️🙏🏻”

“(6/30/21) I am 5 weeks out of Surgery. Things are going along good. The exercise isn’t very easy or without some pain but I know soon it will be worth it all. I can go back to watching my Grandchildren without all the pain I had before and keeping up with them. I can start feeling like going shopping and out with my husband and friends again. I was getting so tired of limping around, but not anymore. 😊I promise it gets better👍”

“(6/30/21) I’m working very hard to be able to be a healthier person and to be able to help others. ”

“(6/28/21) I know this pain will not last forever and I want to play chase with my grandson. He recently asked me when we can play again and I said soon. That’s my goal.”

“(6/28/21) Working hard on the peloton 4 weeks post surgery....fortunate to get invited to the British Open mid July. Want to be able to walk the course pain free!”

“(6/26/21) Two things inspire me to keep working hard after surgery. First, I want to get back outdoors, working on the landscaping and driving the car wherever I want to go. Second, I have a younger wife and two children who depend on me. I’m not of much use unless I can return to normal mobility with little to no pain.”

“(6/25/21) I wanted to get back to my active lifestyle free of the pain and fatigue. The daily texts were fantastic and kept me working toward my goal. Also I experienced little pain after surgery so I was able to really push myself. Very very happy with the results as I continue to get stronger.”

“(6/24/21) Just a note of inspiration that keeps me motivated after my second knee surgery is the text support that provides daily insights what to do’s, hang in there’s, questions you can ask as well as exercise videos.👍😁”

“(6/23/21) I’m inspired to keep working hard after me knew replacement to be the best Grandma to my 18 month old grandson that I can be. That includes pulling him in the bike trailer and taking him for walks. Not to mention the obvious chasing him around the house to keep him (and the house 😂) safe. I’m also heavily into geocaching and all the hiking it involves. I walked 1/2 mile through the woods 2 weeks after surgery to get a geocache. So, yes, I’m pretty motivated. ”

“(6/22/21) Being able to do walking activities with my grandkids. Being able to clean my house quicker. I also want to be able to cut my grass next year. I know I will feel much younger to be able to do the things I should be able to do at my age. ”

“(6/22/21) This is a journey that can not be taken half heartedly. There are a couple of things I have learned. TAKE YOUR TIME, TAKE YOUR PAIN MEDICATION, LET YOUR FRIENDS AND FAMILY DO FOR YOU. THEY ARE YOUR BLESSING. LISTEN TO YOUR SURGICAL TEAM AND READ THE TEXTS YOU GET EVERY DAY. BUT MOST OF ALL DO THE REHAB!! Before you know it you will be back to yourself! ”

“(6/21/21) I had heard many horror stories about the intense pain prior to my surgery. The post-surgery pain was manageable because I paid attention to what I needed to do. I was up walking immediately, icing all day and taking my pain meds. I kept on because I felt that everything Dr. * told me was happening just like he said it would. The texts helped so much and they came when I needed encouragement. It kept me motivated.”

“(6/21/21) I want to do right by all of the people that have given of themselves and their time. I want to be able to drive,be self sufficient, and contribute to those who have helped me. I look forward to watching my grandkids athletics and doing summit hikes with my kids and grandkids. Oh, to get back into the pool. Thank you to all of you who keep me on track!!”

“(6/20/21) I would like to live healthy and strong at a 100 plus.”

“(6/19/21) Taking a walk on my favorite trail in those beautiful Smoky Mountains and going to outdoor music events and finally to enjoy the beauty around me free from pain.”

“(6/19/21) A friend told me that after surgery she was faithful in exercise. She encouraged me to do the same so I would return to full function. I don’t want to be less than I was so I keep plugging along. It’s not fun but I’m here now so what can I do? I’m the end it will pay off. Keep on!”

“(6/19/21) What inspires me is getting back into the sports I used to play, particularly pickleball and possibly tennis. Also, I want to spend more time playing with my young grandkids. Walking upstairs has been a tremendous improvement after surgery.”

“(6/13/21) What motivates me after my hip replacement surgery is my twin sister who, sadly, is now a quadriplegic. I am her arms and legs. I know I will get better; she never will. I am inspired on a daily basis by her courage and resilience.”

“(6/13/21) Try to get out and see people so you don’t feel isolated.”

“(6/13/21) I have been doing my exercises faithfully 3 x a day as instructed. The only way to get back to your normal activities is to get your joints moving as quickly as possible. I have found by doing the exercises regularly I have bounced back quickly. I am only 13 days post surgery and I’m feeling great, I’ve been able to get out in my flower gardens and get my hands back in the dirt!! ”

“(6/12/21) I want to get back on the golf course!”

“(6/7/21) I’m on my third hip surgery two on left hip and just recently my right . Working in the construction industry I beat up wore out hips I’m very active after I retired go to the gym every other day to stay fit so doing therapy after total hip replacement was a breeze! You can do two things after hip replacement ,sit and complain about your hip pain or continue therapy and work out 3 to 4 times a week and be healthy for the rest of your life ! You only have one body take care of it and have a long life. Good luck. ”

“(6/5/21) Hello! The first week after my total hip replacement surgery a couple friends came to visit. My girlfriend with whom I had taught for 30 years and her husband. Now her husband was an athlete and has been through back and neck surgeries both. As they entered my home I was automatically inspired by my friends husband. I was soundly struck by not how great he was doing but how poorly. Bent halfway over and still using a walker months after his surgeries have been confirmed healed. In speaking with my girlfriend I learned that he neither keeps up with his therapy exercises or their over all plans or goals. I am making a double effort to do my therapy exercises every day, several times a day. I fully expect to continue them and figure out a maintenance routine with my therapist to insure my success. It does hurt sometimes, it is a bother to have to do them but I WANT to walk in the sand at the beach! I WANT to bike ride with my son and grandson. I WANT to stroll Disney on the vacation for them I have been saving for for years! I have many other plans that I want to participate in. I WILL NOT BE WALKING WITH A WALKER AND I WILL PARTICIPATE IN THE ACTIVITIES I CHOOSE. Thank you for reading my inspiration until the end, I hope it helps you! ”

“(6/2/21) I have suffered for so long with bone on bone knee pain. Even though I went through pain, things are getting better each day. I want to be able to play with my grand children, swim and walk again. That is my push for my progress, each week my flex and extension increases, which is good incentive to do better.”

“(6/2/21) I want to be able to return to geocaching and chasing after my 18 month old grandson. ”

“(6/1/21) Keeping my eye on the prize: Hiking, biking, kayaking, and most of all, being able to hold, carry and play with my grandsons!!”

“(6/1/21) I am inspired to keep pushing forward and doing my rehab because I at this time have 3 small grandchildren who I want to be able to play outside with and enjoy. The help gma walk 🙂 and are excited to see me playing with them again.”

“(5/31/21) What inspires me is looking forward to being able to get back to normal. I’ve set a goal for July 4 weekend. 7 weeks after surgery.”

“(5/30/21) Feeling Terrific with two weeks out of Surgery. Stick with the PT. The Text from Doc every day was all the help I needed. Bryce is a Great PT. Looking forward to 2nd Hip Surgery. Going to Feel GREAT in Both Hips then. Motivation was Beautiful wife, Two Tremendous kids, 5 of the Funnest Grandkids and a HARLEY.”

“(5/30/21) What has inspired me to keep pushing through the pain and soreness is wanting to be better than I was before. My grandchildren deserve all of me.”

“(5/29/21) I work hard so I can return to hiking.”

“(5/27/21) I know it’s hard at times, but remember this is short time compare to the years of no pain and easy movements to enjoy the things you love to do.”

“(5/22/21) At 67, I chose to have this knee replacement surgery so that I could actively enjoy life with my husband, children , grandchildren and friends. I visualize these most important people and traveling, hiking, riding bikes, fishing, long walks and maybe even climbing sand dunes with them! This gives me joy and keeps me motivated to press on! Each therapy session I gain a little more on my measurements and strength as I advance to harder exercises. That success also encourages and motivates me each day to keep pressing on!”

“(5/20/21) Staying positive, working towards goals set pre surgery, for me golf, hunting, playing catch with my granddaughter. Try to get 1% better everyday. It’s a marathon not a sprint.”